Category: Technology

  • MIL-OSI: LPL Financial Welcomes Wyoming Asset Advisors to Linsco Channel

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SAN DIEGO, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — LPL Financial LLC announced today that financial advisors Jared Black and Richard Brokaw have joined LPL’s employee advisor channel, Linsco by LPL Financial, to launch Wyoming Asset Advisors Powered by LPL. They reported serving approximately $400 million in advisory, brokerage and retirement plan assets* and join LPL from Wells Fargo Advisors.  

    Located in Cheyenne, Wyo., the team has more than 65 years of experience and have worked together for over three decades. They are fourth and fifth generation Wyomingites. As a team, they use each other as a sounding board to discuss market conditions and expectations.

    Together, they provide comprehensive investment advice to a wide range of clients, the majority of which are in retirement. They believe every client is unique and they have a financial philosophy of honesty, responsiveness and knowledge.

    “I think our approach speaks for itself. Overall, it’s a matter of having the understanding and the knowledge to structure our clients’ portfolios for the most beneficial outcomes,” said Brokaw. “To ensure happy clients, it’s all about service and communication.”

    Why Wyoming Asset Advisors made the move to Linsco by LPL

    Looking to have more autonomy and flexibility, Black and Brokaw turned to LPL Financial for the next chapter of their business. With Linsco, advisors have access to LPL’s integrated wealth management platform and robust business resources, along with the additional benefits of having support from an experienced branch management team, dedicated marketing consultant and other resources that allow advisors to focus on their clients.

    “At the end of the day, it was the ethos of LPL and their view of us as clients, along with their commitment to supporting me and my clients, that made the move to LPL make sense for us,” said Black. “The biggest catalyst was their perspective on the relationship. I still own my relationship with the clients, but now I have increased capacity to serve them.”

    Scott Posner, LPL Managing Director, Business Development, said, “We welcome Jared and Richard to the Linsco community. LPL is committed to providing flexibility and equipping advisors with sophisticated capabilities to continue to provide the best client experience. We look forward to supporting the team for years to come.”

    Related
    Advisors, learn how LPL Financial can help take your business to the next level.

    About LPL Financial

    LPL Financial Holdings Inc. (Nasdaq: LPLA) is among the fastest growing wealth management firms in the U.S. As a leader in the financial advisor-mediated marketplace, LPL supports over 29,000 financial advisors and the wealth management practices of approximately 1,200 financial institutions, servicing and custodying approximately $1.8 trillion in brokerage and advisory assets on behalf of approximately 7 million Americans. The firm provides a wide range of advisor affiliation models, investment solutions, fintech tools and practice management services, ensuring that advisors and institutions have the flexibility to choose the business model, services, and technology resources they need to run thriving businesses. For further information about LPL, please visit www.lpl.com.

    Securities and advisory services offered through LPL Financial LLC (“LPL Financial”), a registered investment advisor and broker-dealer, member FINRA/SIPC.

    Throughout this communication, the terms “financial advisors” and “advisors” are used to refer to registered representatives and/or investment advisor representatives affiliated with LPL Financial.

    We routinely disclose information that may be important to shareholders in the “Investor Relations” or “Press Releases” section of our website.

    *Value approximated based on asset and holding details provided to LPL from end of year, 2024.

    Media Contact: 
    Media.relations@LPLFinancial.com 

    Tracking #773054

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: MetaWin Named “Best Crypto Casino of 2025”

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LONDON, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — MetaWin, a leading crypto casino & prize site, proudly announces it has been awarded the Best Crypto Casino of 2025 by Casinos.org, a globally trusted online casino authority. This prestigious accolade recognizes MetaWin’s innovative, player-focused platform, cementing its leadership in the crypto gambling industry.

    Join MetaWin today & experience winning in Web3!

    MetaWin tops the list of the best crypto casinos with its seamless integration of blockchain technology, offering a secure and engaging gaming experience. With a diverse range of slots, live dealer games, and provably fair crypto titles, MetaWin delivers unmatched entertainment and winning opportunities. This award highlights MetaWin’s commitment to transparency, innovation, and player satisfaction, making it the top choice for crypto casino enthusiasts.

    Casinos.org, a premier casino review platform, is renowned for its rigorous evaluations and unbiased insights. Backed by a team with over 100 years of combined industry experience, Casinos.org provides trusted reviews and guides, empowering players worldwide. Their recognition of MetaWin as the Best Crypto Casino underscores the platform’s excellence and influence in the iGaming sector.

    We’re delighted to be honored as the Best Crypto Casino by Casinos.org,” said a MetaWin spokesperson. “This award reflects our dedication to creating a transparent, exciting, and rewarding environment for our players. We’ll continue to innovate and elevate the crypto casino experience.”

    Join MetaWin today to discover the headline grabbing promotions, including cashback, free spins, and daily boosts, massively enhancing the player experience. By leveraging blockchain, MetaWin ensures fast, secure transactions and fair gameplay. Players can access exclusive offers via MetaWin’s Telegram channel or by visiting metawin.com.

    As the crypto casino industry grows, MetaWin leads the way with its cutting-edge Web3 platform. This award reaffirms MetaWin’s commitment to becoming the best crypto casino and redefining winning in Web3.

    About MetaWin  
    MetaWin is a leading Web3 casino and competitions platform, revolutionizing iGaming with blockchain-powered games, offering slots, live casino, and provably fair titles.

    Media Contact:
    MetaWin
    Email: press@metawin.com
    Website: metawin.com

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/f4457226-5c75-4c66-84f7-8dd93166c8b3

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: 2X Appoints Amber Tobias as SVP of Corporate Development, Accelerating Strategic M&A Initiatives and Integration Excellence

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MALVERN, Pa., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — 2X, the leader in subscription-based go-to-market services, today announced the appointment of Amber Tobias as Senior Vice President of Corporate Development. With over 10 years of corporate development and M&A experience at private equity portfolio companies, Tobias brings proven expertise in end-to-end acquisition processes, strategic integration, and building scalable inorganic growth strategies from the ground up.

    Tobias joins 2X at a pivotal moment as the company accelerates its strategic acquisition program following recent investments from Insight Partners and successful integrations of StraightArrow and Intelligent Demand, and strategic investment in Get Levrg. Her appointment reinforces 2X’s commitment to executing a disciplined M&A strategy that expands service capabilities, deepens market expertise, and strengthens technology partnerships.

    Driving Strategic Growth Through Proven M&A Leadership

    In her role as SVP of Corporate Development, Tobias will lead 2X’s strategic acquisition initiatives, overseeing target identification, deal execution, and post-acquisition integration. Her extensive experience managing complex transactions and challenging market dynamics positions her to accelerate 2X’s inorganic growth strategy while ensuring seamless integration of acquired capabilities into the company’s scalable managed services model.

    “Amber’s appointment comes at exactly the right time in 2X’s evolution,” said Dom Colasante, CEO of 2X. “She’s worked across private equity and PE-backed portfolio companies and has an outstanding track record of creating great outcomes for acquired company employees, customers, and platform acquirers. Her expertise in building inorganic growth strategies and gaining strong organizational buy-in will be instrumental as we continue to expand our capabilities and market presence through strategic acquisitions.”

    Extensive Private Equity and Integration Experience

    Prior to joining 2X, Tobias served as Head of Corporate Development at FluentStream, a growth-stage SaaS company and PSG portfolio company, where she executed the company’s programmatic M&A strategy and led end-to-end acquisition processes. Her experience spans multiple private equity environments, including roles at Aspirion (formerly backed by Aquiline Capital Partners), Illuminate Education (formerly backed by Insight Partners), and as an M&A Associate at specialty investment firm Nadavon Capital Partners.

    “I’m excited to join the 2X team and contribute to the company’s impressive growth trajectory,” said Tobias. “2X has built something truly special with their innovative subscription-based go-to-market services, and their recent strategic acquisitions demonstrate a thoughtful approach to expanding capabilities while maintaining service excellence. I look forward to working with our world-class investors Recognize Partners and Insight Partners, Dom, and the entire 2X team to identify and execute acquisitions that strengthen 2X’s market leadership and create value for clients, employees, and stakeholders. We’re eager to partner with businesses that share our values and are looking for a strategic home to scale their next chapter.”

    Strengthening M&A Capabilities for Continued Growth

    The addition of Tobias to 2X’s leadership team reflects the company’s commitment to building best-in-class corporate development capabilities. Her expertise in integration planning and execution will be particularly valuable as 2X continues to enhance its service portfolio, expand geographic reach, and deepen technology partnerships that bring more value to clients.

    Tobias holds a Bachelor of Business Administration in Finance from Indiana University Bloomington and a Master of Business Administration from California State University, Monterey Bay.

    About 2X

    2X is the global leader in subscription-based go-to-market services, helping GTM leaders achieve greater impact while lowering costs through its comprehensive managed services delivery model. Building on its foundation as the leader in B2B marketing as a service (MaaS), 2X now provides end-to-end go-to-market solutions including marketing operations and MarTech management, campaign build and optimization, content and creative production, revenue operations, sales technology implementation, and strategic consulting services. 2X is a services partner of 6sense, Salesforce, Adobe Marketo Engage, HubSpot, Gong, Bombora, Drift, WordPress, Google, Meta, and many other leading revenue platforms.

    With more than 1,000 team members globally, 2X is backed by private-equity firms Recognize Partners and Insight Partners. 2X has been recognized as one of the fastest-growing companies in the US by Inc. and the Financial Times. For more information, visit 2X.marketing or our LinkedIn.

    About Recognize

    Recognize is a distinguished investor and business builder focused on next-generation Digital Services companies. Headquartered in New York, the firm seeks to back visionary founders, entrepreneurs, and management teams who are building innovative businesses that leverage AI, software, and digital platforms to deliver transformative outcomes to enterprises. Recognize provides deep operational expertise, industry relationships, and strategic capital to drive accelerated growth of these specialized businesses. To learn more, visit www.recognize.com.

    About Insight Partners

    Insight Partners is a global software investor partnering with high-growth technology, software, and Internet startup and ScaleUp companies that are driving transformative change in their industries. As of December 31, 2024, the firm has over $90B in regulatory assets under management. Insight Partners has invested in more than 800 companies worldwide and has seen over 55 portfolio companies achieve an IPO. Headquartered in New York City, Insight has offices in London, Tel Aviv, and the Bay Area. Insight’s mission is to find, fund, and work successfully with visionary executives, providing them with tailored, hands-on software expertise along their growth journey, from their first investment to IPO. For more information on Insight and all its investments, visit insightpartners.com or follow us on X @insightpartners.

    Media Contact
    Audree Hernandez
    JMAC PR for 2X
    2X@JMACPR.com   

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/753c3c4d-5ea1-4dce-8c50-221199c1a75d

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: 2X Appoints Amber Tobias as SVP of Corporate Development, Accelerating Strategic M&A Initiatives and Integration Excellence

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MALVERN, Pa., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — 2X, the leader in subscription-based go-to-market services, today announced the appointment of Amber Tobias as Senior Vice President of Corporate Development. With over 10 years of corporate development and M&A experience at private equity portfolio companies, Tobias brings proven expertise in end-to-end acquisition processes, strategic integration, and building scalable inorganic growth strategies from the ground up.

    Tobias joins 2X at a pivotal moment as the company accelerates its strategic acquisition program following recent investments from Insight Partners and successful integrations of StraightArrow and Intelligent Demand, and strategic investment in Get Levrg. Her appointment reinforces 2X’s commitment to executing a disciplined M&A strategy that expands service capabilities, deepens market expertise, and strengthens technology partnerships.

    Driving Strategic Growth Through Proven M&A Leadership

    In her role as SVP of Corporate Development, Tobias will lead 2X’s strategic acquisition initiatives, overseeing target identification, deal execution, and post-acquisition integration. Her extensive experience managing complex transactions and challenging market dynamics positions her to accelerate 2X’s inorganic growth strategy while ensuring seamless integration of acquired capabilities into the company’s scalable managed services model.

    “Amber’s appointment comes at exactly the right time in 2X’s evolution,” said Dom Colasante, CEO of 2X. “She’s worked across private equity and PE-backed portfolio companies and has an outstanding track record of creating great outcomes for acquired company employees, customers, and platform acquirers. Her expertise in building inorganic growth strategies and gaining strong organizational buy-in will be instrumental as we continue to expand our capabilities and market presence through strategic acquisitions.”

    Extensive Private Equity and Integration Experience

    Prior to joining 2X, Tobias served as Head of Corporate Development at FluentStream, a growth-stage SaaS company and PSG portfolio company, where she executed the company’s programmatic M&A strategy and led end-to-end acquisition processes. Her experience spans multiple private equity environments, including roles at Aspirion (formerly backed by Aquiline Capital Partners), Illuminate Education (formerly backed by Insight Partners), and as an M&A Associate at specialty investment firm Nadavon Capital Partners.

    “I’m excited to join the 2X team and contribute to the company’s impressive growth trajectory,” said Tobias. “2X has built something truly special with their innovative subscription-based go-to-market services, and their recent strategic acquisitions demonstrate a thoughtful approach to expanding capabilities while maintaining service excellence. I look forward to working with our world-class investors Recognize Partners and Insight Partners, Dom, and the entire 2X team to identify and execute acquisitions that strengthen 2X’s market leadership and create value for clients, employees, and stakeholders. We’re eager to partner with businesses that share our values and are looking for a strategic home to scale their next chapter.”

    Strengthening M&A Capabilities for Continued Growth

    The addition of Tobias to 2X’s leadership team reflects the company’s commitment to building best-in-class corporate development capabilities. Her expertise in integration planning and execution will be particularly valuable as 2X continues to enhance its service portfolio, expand geographic reach, and deepen technology partnerships that bring more value to clients.

    Tobias holds a Bachelor of Business Administration in Finance from Indiana University Bloomington and a Master of Business Administration from California State University, Monterey Bay.

    About 2X

    2X is the global leader in subscription-based go-to-market services, helping GTM leaders achieve greater impact while lowering costs through its comprehensive managed services delivery model. Building on its foundation as the leader in B2B marketing as a service (MaaS), 2X now provides end-to-end go-to-market solutions including marketing operations and MarTech management, campaign build and optimization, content and creative production, revenue operations, sales technology implementation, and strategic consulting services. 2X is a services partner of 6sense, Salesforce, Adobe Marketo Engage, HubSpot, Gong, Bombora, Drift, WordPress, Google, Meta, and many other leading revenue platforms.

    With more than 1,000 team members globally, 2X is backed by private-equity firms Recognize Partners and Insight Partners. 2X has been recognized as one of the fastest-growing companies in the US by Inc. and the Financial Times. For more information, visit 2X.marketing or our LinkedIn.

    About Recognize

    Recognize is a distinguished investor and business builder focused on next-generation Digital Services companies. Headquartered in New York, the firm seeks to back visionary founders, entrepreneurs, and management teams who are building innovative businesses that leverage AI, software, and digital platforms to deliver transformative outcomes to enterprises. Recognize provides deep operational expertise, industry relationships, and strategic capital to drive accelerated growth of these specialized businesses. To learn more, visit www.recognize.com.

    About Insight Partners

    Insight Partners is a global software investor partnering with high-growth technology, software, and Internet startup and ScaleUp companies that are driving transformative change in their industries. As of December 31, 2024, the firm has over $90B in regulatory assets under management. Insight Partners has invested in more than 800 companies worldwide and has seen over 55 portfolio companies achieve an IPO. Headquartered in New York City, Insight has offices in London, Tel Aviv, and the Bay Area. Insight’s mission is to find, fund, and work successfully with visionary executives, providing them with tailored, hands-on software expertise along their growth journey, from their first investment to IPO. For more information on Insight and all its investments, visit insightpartners.com or follow us on X @insightpartners.

    Media Contact
    Audree Hernandez
    JMAC PR for 2X
    2X@JMACPR.com   

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/753c3c4d-5ea1-4dce-8c50-221199c1a75d

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Goosehead Insurance and Baird & Warner Real Estate Forge Strategic Franchise Partnership to Accelerate the Homebuying Experience

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WESTLAKE, Texas and CHICAGO, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Goosehead Insurance, Inc., (NASDAQ: GSHD), a rapidly growing and innovative independent personal lines insurance agency, has formed a strategic franchise partnership with Baird & Warner Real Estate, one of the largest privately held real estate companies in the United States and the leading independent broker in Illinois. This franchise collaboration, which has been named Adaptive Insurance Agency, redefines the real estate and insurance landscape by seamlessly integrating the option of purchasing insurance services into the homebuying process, delivering unparalleled convenience and value to clients.

    Now directly built into client offerings during the real estate transaction process through the Adaptive brand name, Goosehead Insurance’s solutions provide Baird & Warner clients with the choice to purchase insurance through access to a broad portfolio of insurance carriers, along with expert guidance to secure the right coverage at the right price.

    “This partnership with Baird & Warner builds on the foundation of our business, putting the client at the center of our universe,” said Mark Jones Jr., Chief Financial Officer at Goosehead Insurance. “By combining our proprietary tools and technology with their trusted real estate expertise, we’re delivering a streamlined homebuying experience for clients in Illinois — removing a major pain point in the process.”

    This integration significantly eases the burden on homebuyers by offering a convenient, one-stop solution for comparing and purchasing home insurance. By making it more streamlined to shop for and buy home insurance directly within the homebuying process, clients can save time, reduce stress and make informed decisions with greater ease.

    “Our focus has always been on providing exceptional, client-first solutions and making the process of buying and selling a home easier,” said Dave Mueller, a Senior Vice President within the Baird & Warner organization. “Goosehead Insurance mirrors our commitment to innovation and client advocacy. Our ability to offer their extensive array of insurance options, combined with their high-touch approach through Adaptive, brings a unique and indispensable value to our agents and their clients.”

    To learn more, visit Adaptive Insurance Agency

    About Goosehead
    Goosehead (NASDAQ: GSHD) is a rapidly growing and innovative independent personal lines insurance agency that distributes its products and services through corporate and franchise locations throughout the United States. Goosehead was founded on the premise that the consumer should be at the center of our universe and that everything we do should be directed at providing extraordinary value by offering broad product choice and a world-class service experience. Goosehead represents over 200 insurance companies that underwrite personal and commercial lines. For more information, please visit goosehead.com or goosehead.com/become-a-franchisee.

    About Baird & Warner Real Estate
    Established in 1855, family-owned Baird & Warner is Chicagoland’s largest independent real estate services company. The Baird & Warner brand has been synonymous with making real estate easier through experience, innovation and integrity for more than 170 years. Steve Baird, the firm’s fifth-generation owner, has been consistently recognized among the industry’s most influential leaders. Baird & Warner is a 10-time Chicago Tribune Top Workplace award winner, and with more than 2,000 broker associates in 25 offices and comprehensive mortgage, title, insurance, and relocation services, it ranks among the nation’s top real estate firms. Learn more at BairdWarner.com.

    PR Contact: Mission North for Goosehead Insurance
    Email: goosehead@missionnorth.com; PR@goosehead.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Goosehead Insurance and Baird & Warner Real Estate Forge Strategic Franchise Partnership to Accelerate the Homebuying Experience

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WESTLAKE, Texas and CHICAGO, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Goosehead Insurance, Inc., (NASDAQ: GSHD), a rapidly growing and innovative independent personal lines insurance agency, has formed a strategic franchise partnership with Baird & Warner Real Estate, one of the largest privately held real estate companies in the United States and the leading independent broker in Illinois. This franchise collaboration, which has been named Adaptive Insurance Agency, redefines the real estate and insurance landscape by seamlessly integrating the option of purchasing insurance services into the homebuying process, delivering unparalleled convenience and value to clients.

    Now directly built into client offerings during the real estate transaction process through the Adaptive brand name, Goosehead Insurance’s solutions provide Baird & Warner clients with the choice to purchase insurance through access to a broad portfolio of insurance carriers, along with expert guidance to secure the right coverage at the right price.

    “This partnership with Baird & Warner builds on the foundation of our business, putting the client at the center of our universe,” said Mark Jones Jr., Chief Financial Officer at Goosehead Insurance. “By combining our proprietary tools and technology with their trusted real estate expertise, we’re delivering a streamlined homebuying experience for clients in Illinois — removing a major pain point in the process.”

    This integration significantly eases the burden on homebuyers by offering a convenient, one-stop solution for comparing and purchasing home insurance. By making it more streamlined to shop for and buy home insurance directly within the homebuying process, clients can save time, reduce stress and make informed decisions with greater ease.

    “Our focus has always been on providing exceptional, client-first solutions and making the process of buying and selling a home easier,” said Dave Mueller, a Senior Vice President within the Baird & Warner organization. “Goosehead Insurance mirrors our commitment to innovation and client advocacy. Our ability to offer their extensive array of insurance options, combined with their high-touch approach through Adaptive, brings a unique and indispensable value to our agents and their clients.”

    To learn more, visit Adaptive Insurance Agency

    About Goosehead
    Goosehead (NASDAQ: GSHD) is a rapidly growing and innovative independent personal lines insurance agency that distributes its products and services through corporate and franchise locations throughout the United States. Goosehead was founded on the premise that the consumer should be at the center of our universe and that everything we do should be directed at providing extraordinary value by offering broad product choice and a world-class service experience. Goosehead represents over 200 insurance companies that underwrite personal and commercial lines. For more information, please visit goosehead.com or goosehead.com/become-a-franchisee.

    About Baird & Warner Real Estate
    Established in 1855, family-owned Baird & Warner is Chicagoland’s largest independent real estate services company. The Baird & Warner brand has been synonymous with making real estate easier through experience, innovation and integrity for more than 170 years. Steve Baird, the firm’s fifth-generation owner, has been consistently recognized among the industry’s most influential leaders. Baird & Warner is a 10-time Chicago Tribune Top Workplace award winner, and with more than 2,000 broker associates in 25 offices and comprehensive mortgage, title, insurance, and relocation services, it ranks among the nation’s top real estate firms. Learn more at BairdWarner.com.

    PR Contact: Mission North for Goosehead Insurance
    Email: goosehead@missionnorth.com; PR@goosehead.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Tenable Unveils AI-Powered Breakthrough in Vulnerability Prioritization

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    COLUMBIA, Md., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Tenable®, the exposure management company, today announced the next evolution of its industry-leading Tenable Vulnerability Priority Rating (VPR) to sharpen precision and focus on risks that pose the greatest threat. Powered by generative AI, enriched threat intelligence and context-aware scoring, Tenable VPR enables organizations to quickly understand vulnerability impact, weaponization and precise remediation actions.

    While static Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) broadly flags 60% of vulnerabilities as high or critical, Tenable VPR narrowed this to a focused 3% at its launch in 2019. With these latest AI-driven enhancements, Tenable VPR delivers twice the clarity and precision by leveraging real-time data to pinpoint the critical 1.6% of vulnerabilities that represent actual business risk. These efficiency gains, combined with enhanced explainability and contextualization, translate to faster mean-time-to-remediation, optimized resources, and strategically aligned security efforts with organizational priorities.

    “Our biggest problem was noise. We had thousands of vulnerabilities, and no clear way to know which ones posed a genuine threat,” said Jorge Orchilles, senior director, Readiness and Proactive Security, Verizon. “Tenable VPR changed that by showing us what attackers are actually exploiting right now. It lets us focus our resources on the handful of issues that truly matter, which has made a real, measurable difference in how quickly we can get critical patches out.”

    “We’re taking our game-changing Tenable VPR to the next level with these AI-powered enhancements,” said Eric Doerr, chief product officer, Tenable. “Tenable VPR brings an unmatched precision and depth of threat intelligence, context and explainability to cyber operations. With these critical insights at their fingertips, organizations can clearly visualize why an exposure matters, where they are vulnerable and how to close their priority risks.”

    In addition to hyper-focused risk prioritization, key enhancements to Tenable VPR include:

    • AI-powered insights and explainability: VPR insights provide instant clarity, helping users quickly grasp why an exposure matters, how it’s been weaponized by threat actors, and receive clear, actionable mitigation guidance. AI-generated threat summaries and remediation insights help users quickly understand real-world risks and next steps.
    • Prioritization with industry and regional context: Enhanced filtering, querying and metadata help organizations understand and prioritize vulnerabilities based on real-world threats to their specific industry and region, ensuring critical exposures relevant to the business are addressed first.

    More information on Tenable Vulnerability Management is available at: https://www.tenable.com/products/vulnerability-management

    Join the upcoming Tenable webinar titled Tenable Announces AI-Powered Breakthrough in Vulnerability Prioritization on August 19, 2025 at 10 am BST and 11 am ET.

    About Tenable
    Tenable® is the exposure management company, exposing and closing the cybersecurity gaps that erode business value, reputation and trust. The company’s AI-powered exposure management platform radically unifies security visibility, insight and action across the attack surface, equipping modern organizations to protect against attacks from IT infrastructure to cloud environments to critical infrastructure and everywhere in between. By protecting enterprises from security exposure, Tenable reduces business risk for approximately 44,000 customers around the globe. Learn more at tenable.com.

    Media Contact:
    Tenable
    tenablepr@tenable.com

    A video accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/a3e789b1-a864-4bdb-a433-774d1a296ef4

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Tenable Unveils AI-Powered Breakthrough in Vulnerability Prioritization

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    COLUMBIA, Md., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Tenable®, the exposure management company, today announced the next evolution of its industry-leading Tenable Vulnerability Priority Rating (VPR) to sharpen precision and focus on risks that pose the greatest threat. Powered by generative AI, enriched threat intelligence and context-aware scoring, Tenable VPR enables organizations to quickly understand vulnerability impact, weaponization and precise remediation actions.

    While static Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) broadly flags 60% of vulnerabilities as high or critical, Tenable VPR narrowed this to a focused 3% at its launch in 2019. With these latest AI-driven enhancements, Tenable VPR delivers twice the clarity and precision by leveraging real-time data to pinpoint the critical 1.6% of vulnerabilities that represent actual business risk. These efficiency gains, combined with enhanced explainability and contextualization, translate to faster mean-time-to-remediation, optimized resources, and strategically aligned security efforts with organizational priorities.

    “Our biggest problem was noise. We had thousands of vulnerabilities, and no clear way to know which ones posed a genuine threat,” said Jorge Orchilles, senior director, Readiness and Proactive Security, Verizon. “Tenable VPR changed that by showing us what attackers are actually exploiting right now. It lets us focus our resources on the handful of issues that truly matter, which has made a real, measurable difference in how quickly we can get critical patches out.”

    “We’re taking our game-changing Tenable VPR to the next level with these AI-powered enhancements,” said Eric Doerr, chief product officer, Tenable. “Tenable VPR brings an unmatched precision and depth of threat intelligence, context and explainability to cyber operations. With these critical insights at their fingertips, organizations can clearly visualize why an exposure matters, where they are vulnerable and how to close their priority risks.”

    In addition to hyper-focused risk prioritization, key enhancements to Tenable VPR include:

    • AI-powered insights and explainability: VPR insights provide instant clarity, helping users quickly grasp why an exposure matters, how it’s been weaponized by threat actors, and receive clear, actionable mitigation guidance. AI-generated threat summaries and remediation insights help users quickly understand real-world risks and next steps.
    • Prioritization with industry and regional context: Enhanced filtering, querying and metadata help organizations understand and prioritize vulnerabilities based on real-world threats to their specific industry and region, ensuring critical exposures relevant to the business are addressed first.

    More information on Tenable Vulnerability Management is available at: https://www.tenable.com/products/vulnerability-management

    Join the upcoming Tenable webinar titled Tenable Announces AI-Powered Breakthrough in Vulnerability Prioritization on August 19, 2025 at 10 am BST and 11 am ET.

    About Tenable
    Tenable® is the exposure management company, exposing and closing the cybersecurity gaps that erode business value, reputation and trust. The company’s AI-powered exposure management platform radically unifies security visibility, insight and action across the attack surface, equipping modern organizations to protect against attacks from IT infrastructure to cloud environments to critical infrastructure and everywhere in between. By protecting enterprises from security exposure, Tenable reduces business risk for approximately 44,000 customers around the globe. Learn more at tenable.com.

    Media Contact:
    Tenable
    tenablepr@tenable.com

    A video accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/a3e789b1-a864-4bdb-a433-774d1a296ef4

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Bitcoin Swift Presale Stage 1 Nears Completion as Programmable Yield Protocol Reaches Key Milestone

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LUXEMBOURG, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Bitcoin Swift, a next-generation blockchain platform focused on programmable yield and intelligent governance, today announced the final countdown to the completion of Stage 1 of its BTC3 token presale. The current Stage 1 token price of $1.00 will increase to $2.00 with the start of Stage 2 on July 26, 2025. The full presale will run for 64 days, concluding on September 18, 2025, with a confirmed launch price of $15.00.

    The Bitcoin Swift protocol is designed to address key structural and functional limitations found in legacy blockchain systems. It introduces an automated Proof-of-Yield (PoY) system, privacy-enhancing technologies, and AI-driven governance to create a more responsive and participatory financial ecosystem.

    Unlike traditional token sales that delay access to utility until mainnet launch, Bitcoin Swift’s infrastructure enables early participants to engage with on-chain functions—such as staking and governance—immediately following each presale stage.

    Stage 1 Presale Details

    • Stage 1 Ends: July 26, 2025
    • Current Token Price: $1.00
    • Stage 2 Price: $2.00
    • Confirmed Launch Price: $15.00
    • Presale Ends: September 18, 2025
    • Stage 1 APY: 143%, distributed via Proof-of-Yield

    What Sets Bitcoin Swift Apart

    Bitcoin Swift is built from the ground up to support real-time user interaction and reward distribution. Its unique Proof-of-Yield model automates staking rewards based on network activity, transaction volume, and protocol sustainability metrics. Rewards are distributed automatically at the end of each presale stage, giving users immediate exposure to protocol incentives.

    The protocol uses federated AI oracles to monitor live blockchain metrics, environmental factors, and transaction behaviors. These oracles feed data into smart contracts that update staking logic dynamically, ensuring the system adapts to actual usage rather than relying on static parameters.

    In addition to programmable yield, Bitcoin Swift introduces several innovations to promote decentralization, transparency, and long-term utility:

    • AI-Assisted Governance: Governance proposals are evaluated by AI agents before they reach community voting, helping to filter out spam and low-quality submissions.
    • Quadratic Voting System: Voting is weighted based on reputation and identity, using decentralized identifiers (DIDs) to ensure fair representation.
    • Sustainability Tracking: Rewards are tied not only to user activity but also to the protocol’s environmental impact, as monitored by AI-led metrics.
    • zk-SNARK Integration: The platform uses privacy-preserving cryptography to protect user identities while enabling transparent, verifiable transactions.

    Smart Contract Design and Compliance

    The BTC3 smart contract ecosystem is designed to deliver both performance and adaptability. Unlike fixed APY models, the Bitcoin Swift protocol adjusts staking yields based on network contributions and environmental efficiency. All logic is pre-audited and fully visible on-chain, with audits conducted by third-party firms such as Spywolf and Solidproof. The development team has also completed full KYC verification to strengthen compliance efforts and build trust.

    “Bitcoin Swift aims to deliver a utility-ready protocol that empowers participants from the first stage,” said a project representative. “The Stage 1 presale is the first step toward establishing an ecosystem where value is driven by engagement, not speculation.”


    Community and Roadmap

    While still in its presale phase, Bitcoin Swift has already launched community initiatives across platforms such as Telegram and X (formerly Twitter), inviting early adopters to engage in governance discussions and protocol education.

    Following the end of Stage 1, the project roadmap includes:

    • Release of a governance dashboard with AI proposal filtering
    • Integration of federated oracles for market and sustainability metrics
    • Launch of a developer grant program for protocol-layer integrations
    • Activation of PoY staking for all Stage 1 and 2 participants

    Once the presale ends on September 18, BTC3 tokens will become fully transferable, and governance mechanisms will be activated for the entire tokenholder base.

    What the Crypto Community Is Saying

    The rise of BTC3 has not gone unnoticed. Influencers like Crypto Vlog and Token Empire have published detailed reviews on why Bitcoin Swift is attracting investors. Both emphasize its unique PoY system and AI-powered infrastructure. Meanwhile, Crypto Show and Crypto League break down how the project’s presale is already showing strong traction. The reviews focus on its compliance-first design, performance incentives, and accessible governance.

    Many creators point to its use of Telegram and X as a sign of its open approach to community building. BTC3 is one of the few projects where early users don’t just speculate, they participate and shape the network’s growth.

    Access and Participation

    Bitcoin Swift is accessible via a non-custodial, Solana-compatible interface, allowing users to join the presale without centralized exchange registration. With just two days remaining in Stage 1, interested participants can still lock in the $1.00 price before the token enters Stage 2 at $2.00.

    More details on the protocol, presale timeline, and documentation are available on the official website: https://bitcoinswift.com

    Contact:
    Luc Schaus
    support@bitcoinswift.com

    Disclaimer: This content is provided by Bitcoin Swift. The statements, views, and opinions expressed in this content are solely those of the content provider and do not necessarily reflect the views of this media platform or its publisher. We do not endorse, verify, or guarantee the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any information presented. We do not guarantee any claims, statements, or promises made in this article. This content is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial, investment, or trading advice. Investing in crypto and mining-related opportunities involves significant risks, including the potential loss of capital. It is possible to lose all your capital. These products may not be suitable for everyone, and you should ensure that you understand the risks involved. Seek independent advice if necessary. Speculate only with funds that you can afford to lose. Readers are strongly encouraged to conduct their own research and consult with a qualified financial advisor before making any investment decisions. However, due to the inherently speculative nature of the blockchain sector—including cryptocurrency, NFTs, and mining—complete accuracy cannot always be guaranteed. Neither the media platform nor the publisher shall be held responsible for any fraudulent activities, misrepresentations, or financial losses arising from the content of this press release. In the event of any legal claims or charges against this article, we accept no liability or responsibility. Globenewswire does not endorse any content on this page.

    Legal Disclaimer: This media platform provides the content of this article on an “as-is” basis, without any warranties or representations of any kind, express or implied. We assume no responsibility for any inaccuracies, errors, or omissions. We do not assume any responsibility or liability for the accuracy, content, images, videos, licenses, completeness, legality, or reliability of the information presented herein. Any concerns, complaints, or copyright issues related to this article should be directed to the content provider mentioned above.

    Photos accompanying this announcement are available at

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/3a973967-d3a8-4feb-bbbb-d5ea8c88df3c

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/5ecd72f4-e3ae-44ed-8a85-f05fa1500d0f

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/70ce2ba2-42b9-4857-9632-acbe975aa7d7

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Bitcoin Swift Presale Stage 1 Nears Completion as Programmable Yield Protocol Reaches Key Milestone

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LUXEMBOURG, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Bitcoin Swift, a next-generation blockchain platform focused on programmable yield and intelligent governance, today announced the final countdown to the completion of Stage 1 of its BTC3 token presale. The current Stage 1 token price of $1.00 will increase to $2.00 with the start of Stage 2 on July 26, 2025. The full presale will run for 64 days, concluding on September 18, 2025, with a confirmed launch price of $15.00.

    The Bitcoin Swift protocol is designed to address key structural and functional limitations found in legacy blockchain systems. It introduces an automated Proof-of-Yield (PoY) system, privacy-enhancing technologies, and AI-driven governance to create a more responsive and participatory financial ecosystem.

    Unlike traditional token sales that delay access to utility until mainnet launch, Bitcoin Swift’s infrastructure enables early participants to engage with on-chain functions—such as staking and governance—immediately following each presale stage.

    Stage 1 Presale Details

    • Stage 1 Ends: July 26, 2025
    • Current Token Price: $1.00
    • Stage 2 Price: $2.00
    • Confirmed Launch Price: $15.00
    • Presale Ends: September 18, 2025
    • Stage 1 APY: 143%, distributed via Proof-of-Yield

    What Sets Bitcoin Swift Apart

    Bitcoin Swift is built from the ground up to support real-time user interaction and reward distribution. Its unique Proof-of-Yield model automates staking rewards based on network activity, transaction volume, and protocol sustainability metrics. Rewards are distributed automatically at the end of each presale stage, giving users immediate exposure to protocol incentives.

    The protocol uses federated AI oracles to monitor live blockchain metrics, environmental factors, and transaction behaviors. These oracles feed data into smart contracts that update staking logic dynamically, ensuring the system adapts to actual usage rather than relying on static parameters.

    In addition to programmable yield, Bitcoin Swift introduces several innovations to promote decentralization, transparency, and long-term utility:

    • AI-Assisted Governance: Governance proposals are evaluated by AI agents before they reach community voting, helping to filter out spam and low-quality submissions.
    • Quadratic Voting System: Voting is weighted based on reputation and identity, using decentralized identifiers (DIDs) to ensure fair representation.
    • Sustainability Tracking: Rewards are tied not only to user activity but also to the protocol’s environmental impact, as monitored by AI-led metrics.
    • zk-SNARK Integration: The platform uses privacy-preserving cryptography to protect user identities while enabling transparent, verifiable transactions.

    Smart Contract Design and Compliance

    The BTC3 smart contract ecosystem is designed to deliver both performance and adaptability. Unlike fixed APY models, the Bitcoin Swift protocol adjusts staking yields based on network contributions and environmental efficiency. All logic is pre-audited and fully visible on-chain, with audits conducted by third-party firms such as Spywolf and Solidproof. The development team has also completed full KYC verification to strengthen compliance efforts and build trust.

    “Bitcoin Swift aims to deliver a utility-ready protocol that empowers participants from the first stage,” said a project representative. “The Stage 1 presale is the first step toward establishing an ecosystem where value is driven by engagement, not speculation.”


    Community and Roadmap

    While still in its presale phase, Bitcoin Swift has already launched community initiatives across platforms such as Telegram and X (formerly Twitter), inviting early adopters to engage in governance discussions and protocol education.

    Following the end of Stage 1, the project roadmap includes:

    • Release of a governance dashboard with AI proposal filtering
    • Integration of federated oracles for market and sustainability metrics
    • Launch of a developer grant program for protocol-layer integrations
    • Activation of PoY staking for all Stage 1 and 2 participants

    Once the presale ends on September 18, BTC3 tokens will become fully transferable, and governance mechanisms will be activated for the entire tokenholder base.

    What the Crypto Community Is Saying

    The rise of BTC3 has not gone unnoticed. Influencers like Crypto Vlog and Token Empire have published detailed reviews on why Bitcoin Swift is attracting investors. Both emphasize its unique PoY system and AI-powered infrastructure. Meanwhile, Crypto Show and Crypto League break down how the project’s presale is already showing strong traction. The reviews focus on its compliance-first design, performance incentives, and accessible governance.

    Many creators point to its use of Telegram and X as a sign of its open approach to community building. BTC3 is one of the few projects where early users don’t just speculate, they participate and shape the network’s growth.

    Access and Participation

    Bitcoin Swift is accessible via a non-custodial, Solana-compatible interface, allowing users to join the presale without centralized exchange registration. With just two days remaining in Stage 1, interested participants can still lock in the $1.00 price before the token enters Stage 2 at $2.00.

    More details on the protocol, presale timeline, and documentation are available on the official website: https://bitcoinswift.com

    Contact:
    Luc Schaus
    support@bitcoinswift.com

    Disclaimer: This content is provided by Bitcoin Swift. The statements, views, and opinions expressed in this content are solely those of the content provider and do not necessarily reflect the views of this media platform or its publisher. We do not endorse, verify, or guarantee the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any information presented. We do not guarantee any claims, statements, or promises made in this article. This content is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial, investment, or trading advice. Investing in crypto and mining-related opportunities involves significant risks, including the potential loss of capital. It is possible to lose all your capital. These products may not be suitable for everyone, and you should ensure that you understand the risks involved. Seek independent advice if necessary. Speculate only with funds that you can afford to lose. Readers are strongly encouraged to conduct their own research and consult with a qualified financial advisor before making any investment decisions. However, due to the inherently speculative nature of the blockchain sector—including cryptocurrency, NFTs, and mining—complete accuracy cannot always be guaranteed. Neither the media platform nor the publisher shall be held responsible for any fraudulent activities, misrepresentations, or financial losses arising from the content of this press release. In the event of any legal claims or charges against this article, we accept no liability or responsibility. Globenewswire does not endorse any content on this page.

    Legal Disclaimer: This media platform provides the content of this article on an “as-is” basis, without any warranties or representations of any kind, express or implied. We assume no responsibility for any inaccuracies, errors, or omissions. We do not assume any responsibility or liability for the accuracy, content, images, videos, licenses, completeness, legality, or reliability of the information presented herein. Any concerns, complaints, or copyright issues related to this article should be directed to the content provider mentioned above.

    Photos accompanying this announcement are available at

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/3a973967-d3a8-4feb-bbbb-d5ea8c88df3c

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/5ecd72f4-e3ae-44ed-8a85-f05fa1500d0f

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/70ce2ba2-42b9-4857-9632-acbe975aa7d7

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Gevo to Report Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results on August 11, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ENGLEWOOD, Colo., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Gevo, Inc. (NASDAQ: GEVO) announced today that it will host a conference call on August 11, 2025, at 4:30 p.m. ET (2:30 p.m. MT) to report its financial results for the second quarter that ended June 30, 2025.

    To participate in the live call, please register through the following event weblink: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BI837becc646fa4780899cbd8ed1b21b9a

    After registering, participants will be provided with a dial-in number and pin.

    To listen to the conference call (audio only), please register through the following event weblink: https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/u9fuak7q

    A webcast replay will be available two hours after the conference call ends on August 11, 2025. The archived webcast will be available in the Investor Relations section of Gevo’s website at www.gevo.com.

    About Gevo
    Gevo is a next-generation diversified energy company committed to fueling America’s future with cost-effective, drop-in fuels that contribute to energy security, abate carbon, and strengthen rural communities to drive economic growth. Gevo’s innovative technology can be used to make a variety of renewable products, including SAF, motor fuels, chemicals, and other materials that provide U.S.-made solutions. By investing in the backbone of rural America, Gevo’s business model includes developing, financing, and operating production facilities that create jobs and revitalize communities. Gevo owns and operates one of the largest dairy-based renewable natural gas (“RNG”) facilities in the United States, turning by-products into clean, reliable energy. We also operate an ethanol plant with an adjacent carbon capture and sequestration (“CCS”) facility, further solidifying America’s leadership in energy innovation. Additionally, Gevo owns the world’s first production facility for specialty alcohol-to-jet (“ATJ”) fuels and chemicals. Gevo’s market-driven “pay for performance” approach regarding carbon and other sustainability attributes helps ensure value is delivered to our local economy. Through its Verity subsidiary, Gevo provides transparency, accountability, and efficiency in tracking, measuring and verifying various attributes throughout the supply chain. By strengthening rural economies, Gevo is working to secure a self-sufficient future and to make sure value is brought to the market.

    For more information, see www.gevo.com.

    PUBLIC AFFAIRS CONTACT
    Heather Manuel
    VP of Stakeholder Engagement & Partnerships
    PR@gevo.com

    INVESTOR CONTACT
    Eric Frey, PhD
    VP of Corporate Development
    IR@gevo.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: PayPal and Wix Advance Strategic Relationship to Deliver Unified Payments Experience for Merchants

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    PayPal integrates with Wix Payments, providing a consolidated view for merchants to streamline payment management, enhance conversions and meet growing demand for flexible payment options 

    NEW YORK – Wix.com Ltd. (NASDAQ: WIX), the leading SaaS website builder platform globally1, today announced an expansion of its partnership with PayPal Holdings Inc. (NASDAQ: PYPL), bringing additional online payment options to merchants through Wix Payments. Now available as a built-in part of Wix Payments, this provides U.S.-based merchants a unified, seamless experience that simplifies backend operations and ultimately supports higher checkout conversion. 

    With this deeper integration, PayPal is now available directly in the Wix Payments platform. Merchants can connect their PayPal Business account and manage all transactions from a single dashboard alongside their Wix Payments activity. This setup consolidates reporting, chargebacks, and payouts, helping merchants streamline day-to-day operations and deliver more flexible payment options to customers. Merchants also gain access to PayPal’s broader suite of features, including PayPal Pay Later (BNPL) and Venmo, offering customers more flexible and convenient ways to pay.  

    Funds from PayPal wallet purchases flow directly into merchants’ Wix Payments accounts, simplifying reconciliation and improving visibility over cash flow. This seamless integration gives merchants greater operational efficiency and control, while offering consumers more flexible ways to pay. In addition, as part of this integration, PayPal will also serve as a Payment Service Provider (PSP), powering card processing capabilities within Wix Payments – further streamlining the merchant experience across channels. 

    “We’re always looking for ways to create more seamless experiences for our users and provide them with the best way to accept payments and manage funds online, in person, and on the go,” said Amit Sagiv and Volodymyr Tsukur, Co-Heads of Wix Payments. “By bringing PayPal under the Wix Payments umbrella, we gain significantly more control over the user experience and how PayPal’s products are delivered to our merchants. This deeper integration allows us to improve conversion, offer more value, and drive stronger profitability, while giving our users a faster, more unified checkout flow.” 

    “At PayPal, we share Wix’s commitment to helping businesses grow by giving them faster, more flexible access to the capital they need,” said Michelle Gill, Executive Vice President and General Manager, Small Business & Financial Services, PayPal. “By embedding PayPal’s most popular payment methods—like PayPal Wallet and PayPal Pay Later—directly into the Wix Payments experience, we’re not just enhancing checkout. We’re enabling merchants to get paid quickly, manage everything in one place, and unlock new ways to serve their customers and scale their business.”

    Wix Payments offers small businesses a more streamlined way to manage payments through its platform. Users can handle transactions online, in person, or on the go using a range of secure payment options, designed to accommodate different customer preferences at checkout. With a full suite of options, merchants can adjust preferences to improve conversion rates and simplify day-to-day operations, and manage everything from a single dashboard, making it easier to track and report payments. Learn more about Wix Payments here.

    This solution is available to U.S.-based Wix Payments users with plans to make this feature available in more regions over time.

    About Wix.com Ltd.
    Wix is the leading SaaS website builder platform1 to create, manage and grow a digital presence. Founded in 2006, Wix is a comprehensive platform providing users – self-creators, agencies, enterprises, and more – with industry-leading performance, security, AI capabilities and a reliable infrastructure. Offering a wide range of commerce and business solutions, advanced SEO and marketing tools, the platform enables users to take full ownership of their brand, their data and their relationships with their customers. With a focus on continuous innovation and delivery of new features and products, users can seamlessly build a powerful and high-end digital presence for themselves or their clients. 

    About PayPal 
    PayPal has been revolutionizing commerce globally for more than 25 years. Creating innovative experiences that make moving money, selling, and shopping simple, personalized, and secure, PayPal empowers consumers and businesses in approximately 200 markets to join and thrive in the global economy. For more information, visit https://www.paypal.com
    https://about.pypl.com/ and https://investor.pypl.com/.   

    For more about Wix, please visit our Press Room
    Media Relations Contact:  PR@wix.com  
    PayPal PR Contact: louikelly@paypal.com 

    1 Based on number of active live sites as reported by competitors’ figures, independent third-party data and internal data as of H2 2025.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Primech Holdings Announces Fiscal Year 2025 Results, Contracted Revenue Backlog at $120.8 Million

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SINGAPORE, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Primech Holdings Limited (Nasdaq: PMEC), an established technology-driven facilities-services provider to public and private-sector customers in Singapore, today reported audited financial results for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025.

    FY 2025 Highlights:

    • Revenue grew 2.5% to $74.3 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, compared with revenue of $72.5 million in fiscal year 2024.
    • Gross profit margin expanded 130 basis points to 23.6% as technology adoption and grant support offset wage pressures.
    • Net loss narrowed 40% to $2.2 million, or $(0.05) per basic and diluted share, compared to a net loss of $3.2 million, or $(0.10) per share.
    • Cash and cash equivalents increased by 32.7% to $10.1 million; total assets were $41.2 million, and total liabilities were $26.5 million.
    • Future contracted revenue, scheduled for recognition in FY 2026 and onward, totals $120.8 million, providing multi-year visibility.

    Fiscal Year 2025 Financial Results:

    Financial Metrics (US$ millions, except per share data) FY 2025 FY 2024 Change
    Revenue $74.3 $72.5 +2.5%
    Gross profit $17.5 $16.0 +9.8%
    Gross profit margin 23.6% 22.0% +160 bps
    Operating loss $(0.9) $(2.8) +65.9% improvement
    Net loss $(2.2) $(3.2) +31.1% improvement
    Basic & diluted EPS $(0.05) $(0.10) +50.0% improvement
    Cash & cash equivalents $10.1 $7.6 +32.6%
           

    Primech A&P Highlights:

    • Over $18.9 million in new contracts secured during fiscal year 2025, including a major contract extension worth $8.3 million
    • Industry recognition achievements, including ASEAN Public Toilet Award for Newton Food Centre management and LOO Awards 2024 Best Market Award
    • Sustainability leadership with nomination as a finalist for the Singapore Apex Corporate Sustainability Awards in the “LowCarbonSG” category
    • Strategic partnerships, including membership in the Singapore International Facility Management Association (SIFMA)

    Primech AI Highlights:

    • Revolutionary HYTRON robot launch with successful deployments at Temasek Polytechnic, a major Singapore shopping mall, and one of Singapore’s largest hospitals
    • Global expansion achievements, including partnerships in Hong Kong (Chinachem Group), Japan (Golden Rim Investment), and Europe (TCOrobotics GmbH covering Germany, Austria, and Switzerland)
    • Technology excellence recognition, winning the Robotics category at the Singapore Business Review Technology Excellence Awards 2025
    • Advanced AI integration incorporating NVIDIA Jetson Orin technology components for enhanced robotics performance
    • Manufacturing scale-up with a China production partnership targeting 300 robots’ initial production capacity
    • Product innovation with the launch of the compact HYTRON Lite model optimized for space-constrained environments

    CEO Commentary
    “Primech delivered resilient top-line growth and achieved a significant improvement in our bottom line during our second year as a public company,” said Mr. Kin Wai Ho, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. “More importantly, this year marked our dramatic transformation into a technology-first organization through our revolutionary HYTRON AI-powered cleaning robots and aggressive global expansion strategy. We’ve evolved from a traditional facilities services company into an innovative robotics and automation leader.”

    “Our HYTRON technology represents the future of commercial cleaning. We’ve successfully deployed robots at prestigious locations and established partnerships across Singapore, Hong Kong, Japan, and Europe. With our three-phase expansion plan and $120.8 million of contracted backlog, we are positioned to return to profitability and capture significant market share in the rapidly growing global service robotics sector.”

    Future Contracted Revenues
    As of March 31, 2025, our contracted revenues for future fulfilment were approximately $120.8 million. The following table provides a breakdown of the value of our contracted revenues, which we estimate will be fulfilled in FY2026, FY2027, and subsequent years, subject to cancellations or other contractual changes that are not presently foreseeable. Our order book as of any particular date is not indicative of our revenue for succeeding periods, as secured contracts are subject to cancellations, deferrals, or early terminations by our customers:

      ($’000) (%)
    Estimated amount of services contracted for at April 1, 2025 to be recorded in revenue for FY ending March 31,
    2026
    59,876 49.5
    Estimated amount of services contracted for at April 1, 2026 to be recorded in revenue for FY ending March 31,
    2027
    34,069 28.2
    Estimated amount of services contracted for at April 1, 2027 to be recorded in revenue for FY ending March 31,
    2028
    26,899 22.3
      120,844 100.0
         

    Annual Report on Form 20-F
    The Company will file its annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 with the Securities and Exchange Commission later today, which can be accessed on the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov and on Primech’s investor relations website at https://investor.primechholdings.com/filings/

    About Primech Holdings Limited
    Headquartered in Singapore, Primech Holdings Limited is a leading provider of comprehensive technology-driven facilities services, predominantly serving both public and private sectors throughout Singapore. Primech Holdings offers an extensive range of services tailored to meet the complex demands of its diverse clientele. Services include advanced general facility maintenance services, specialized cleaning solutions such as marble polishing and facade cleaning, meticulous stewarding services, and targeted cleaning services for offices and homes. Known for its commitment to sustainability and cutting-edge technology, Primech Holdings integrates eco-friendly practices and smart technology solutions to enhance operational efficiency and client satisfaction. This strategic approach positions Primech Holdings as a leader in the industry and a proactive contributor to advancing industry standards and practices in Singapore and beyond. For more information, visit www.primechholdings.com.    

    About Primech AI
    Primech AI is a leading robotics company dedicated to pushing the boundaries of innovation in technology. With a team of passionate individuals and a commitment to collaboration, Primech AI is poised to revolutionize the robotics industry with groundbreaking solutions that make a meaningful impact on society. For more information, visit www.primech.ai.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    Certain statements in this announcement are forward-looking statements, including, for example, statements about completing the acquisition, anticipated revenues, growth, and expansion. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are based on the Company’s current expectations and projections about future events that the Company believes may affect its financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are also based on assumptions regarding the Company’s present and future business strategies and the environment in which the Company will operate in the future. Investors can find many (but not all) of these statements by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “likely to” or other similar expressions. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent occurring events or circumstances or changes in its expectations, except as may be required by law. Although the Company believes that the expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, it cannot assure that such expectations will be correct. The Company cautions investors that actual results may differ materially from the anticipated results and encourages investors to review other factors that may affect its future results in the Company’s registration statement and other filings with the SEC.

    Company Contact:
    Email: ir@primech.com.sg

    Investor Relations Contact:        
    Matthew Abenante, IRC
    President                                        
    Strategic Investor Relations, LLC                                         
    Tel: 347-947-2093
    Email: matthew@strategic-ir.com

     
    ***tables follow***
    Primech Holdings Limited and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (in thousands except share data, U.S. dollars)
     
        As of March 31,  
        2025     2024  
    Assets            
    Current assets            
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 10,145     $ 7,648  
    Accounts receivable, net (including unbilled receivable of $3,520 and $4,068)     15,633       18,452  
    Government subsidies receivable     1,485       1,368  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets     1,700       3,810  
    Inventories     44       55  
    Total current assets     29,007       31,333  
                     
    Non-current assets                
    Property and equipment, net     9,686       10,082  
    Right of use assets     2,114       3,406  
    Goodwill     391       667  
    Intangible assets, net     2       21  
    Total assets   $ 41,200     $ 45,509  
                     
    Liabilities and shareholders’ equity                
    Current liabilities                
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 10,330     $ 9,406  
    Notes payable-current portion     8,481       11,277  
    Lease liabilities-current portion     1,595       2,059  
    Income tax liabilities     461        
    Total current liabilities     20,742       22,742  
                     
    Non-current liabilities                
    Notes payable-long term     4,331       5,705  
    Lease liabilities-long term     1,068       1,752  
    Deferred tax liability     255       251  
    Total liabilities     26,521       30,450  
                     
    Shareholders’ Equity                
    Common Stock, 38,417,987 and 35,550,000 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively,     23,961       22,193  
    Additional paid-in capital     924       924  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income     995       923  
    Accumulated deficit     (10,991 )     (9,049 )
    Total Primech Holdings Limited shareholders’ equity     14,889       14,991  
                     
    Non-controlling interests     (210     68  
    Total shareholders’ equity     14,679       15,059  
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 41,200     $ 45,509  
     
    Primech Holdings Limited and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Statements of Operations and other Comprehensive Loss
    (in thousands except share and per share data, U.S. dollars)
     
        For the Years Ended
    March 31,
     
        2025     2024  
    Revenues            
    Revenues, net   $ 74,349     $ 72,524  
                     
    Operating costs and expenses                
    Cost of revenue (net of $4,148 and $2,550 of government subsidies)     56,823       59,915  
    General and administrative expenses (net of $318 and $68 of government subsidies)     16,176       13,160  
    Sales and marketing expenses     2,007       2,231  
    Goodwill impairment     291        
    Total operating costs and expenses     75,297       75,306  
    Loss from operations     (948 )     (2,782 )
    Other operating income, net (includes $8 and $202 of government subsidies)     (27     211  
    Interest expense     (789 )     (1,145 )
    Loss before income taxes     (1,764 )     (3,716 )
    Income tax benefit     (456     493  
    Net loss     (2,220 )     (3,223 )
    (Profit)/ loss attributable to non-controlling interests     278       (16
    Net loss attributable to Primech Holdings Limited     (1,942 )     (3,239 )
    Total foreign currency translation adjustment     72       (24
    Comprehensive loss   $ (1,870 )     (3,263 )
                     
    Earnings loss per share:                
    Basic and diluted   $ (0.05 )   $ (0.10 )
                     
    Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding:                
    Basic and Diluted     37,584,000       33,929,000  
     
    Primech Holdings Limited and Subsidiaries
    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (in thousands except share data, U.S. dollars)
     
        For the Years Ended
    March 31,
     
        2025     2024  
    Cash flows from operating activities:            
    Net loss   $ (2,220 )   $ (3,223 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
    Depreciation of property and equipment     1,483       1,640  
    Amortization of right of use assets     2,479       2,203  
    Loss (gain) on disposal of property and equipment     1       (13 )
    Amortization of intangible assets     29       29  
    Share based payment     1,768        
    Provision for doubtful accounts     31        
    Impairment of Goodwill     291        
                     
    Change in operating assets and liabilities:                
    Deferred tax liability           (454
    Accounts receivable     2,888       (3,330 )
    Government subsidies receivables     (111     290  
    Prepaid expenses & other current assets     2,132       (2,657
    Inventories     11       84  
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses     879       (1,329
    Operating lease liability     (2,731 )     (2,322 )
    Tax payable     462        
    Net cash used in operating activities     7,382       (9,082 )
                     
    Cash flows from investing activities:                
    Acquisition of property and equipment     (1,098 )     (909 )
    Proceeds from sale of property and equipment     67       102  
    Net cash used in investing activities     (1,031 )     (807 )
                     
    Cash flows from financing activities:                
    Net Proceeds from issue of new shares           9,473  
    Deferred offering costs           545  
    Payment of finance lease liabilities     (126 )     (86 )
    Repayment of bank loans     (159,107 )     (3,163 )
    Proceeds from bank loans     154,846       1,412  
    Net cash provided by financing activities     (4,387     8,181  
                     
    Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     1,963       (1,708
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     533       284  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     7,648       9,072  
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 10,145     $ 7,648  
                     
    Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing transactions                
    Acquisition of equipment under finance leases     367       173  
    Recognition of Right of use assets and liabilities     1,167       2,553  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: KraneShares Launches Global Private Company Fund Tracking a New MSCI Index of Venture-Backed Firms

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Krane Capital Management, LLC (“KraneShares”), a global asset management firm recognized for its innovative investment solutions, today announced the launch of the Krane MSCI All Country Private Company Top 10 Series.

    This new offering provides accredited investors with access to a diversified portfolio of large and dynamic venture-backed global private companies, as tracked by the MSCI All Country Venture-Backed Private Company Top 10 Equal Weighted Index.

    The Index is a research-driven benchmark identifying some of the most valuable and influential global private companies with secondary market trading activity. As of June 2, 2025, the Index’s constituents collectively represent over $1.5 trillion in market capitalization1, spanning industries such as artificial intelligence, fintech, aerospace, and digital media.

    The fund seeks to acquire shares in leading private companies through direct purchases, secondary transactions, or derivative contracts. The portfolio will consist of the ten private companies tracked by the index, which currently are SpaceX, ByteDance, OpenAI, Stripe, xAI, Databricks, Anthropic, Revolut, Anduril, and Canva.

    “Our mission at KraneShares is focused on delivering first-to-market, high-conviction strategies that provide investors with transparent and cost-effective access to groundbreaking capital market opportunities like the private markets,” said Jonathan Krane, CEO of KraneShares. “Through their newly launched index, MSCI is applying institutional-class indexing capabilities to identify some of the largest global venture-backed companies with secondary market activity, which we aim to deliver to investors through our fund.

    “The MSCI All Country Venture-Backed Private Company Indexes represent a significant step forward for investors seeking transparency and actionable insights in private markets. By leveraging robust secondary market data and our decades of index construction expertise, we are enabling investors to benchmark and analyze this dynamic asset class with greater clarity and confidence,” said Christine Berg, Head of Americas Index at MSCI. “We are thrilled that KraneShares is utilizing our index to provide access to this asset class to investors.” 

    For more information on the Krane MSCI All Country Private Company Top 10 Vintage 2025 Series 1 Fund, please visit https://kraneshares.com/private-funds/krane-msci-all-country-private-company-top-10-series/.

    Fund Structure and Terms

    Fund Legal Name Krane MSCI All Country Private Company Top 10 Vintage 2025 Series 1 Fund (KC VC 1, LP)
    Index Provider MSCI
    Index MSCI All Country Venture-Backed Private Company Top 10 Equal Weighted Index
    Minimum Capital Commitment $2,500
    General Partner KCM GP, LLC
    Management Company Krane Capital Management, LLC
       

    About KraneShares

    Krane Capital Management, LLC is a subsidiary of Krane Funds Advisors, LLC (KraneShares), a specialist investment manager focused on China, Climate, and Alternative Assets. KraneShares seeks to provide innovative, high-conviction, and first-to-market strategies based on the firm and its partners’ deep investing knowledge. KraneShares identifies and delivers groundbreaking capital market opportunities and believes investors should have cost-effective and transparent tools for attaining exposure to various asset classes. KraneShares was founded in 2013 and serves institutions and financial professionals globally. The firm is a signatory of the United Nations-supported Principles for Responsible Investment (UN PRI).

    About MSCI

    MSCI is a leading provider of critical decision support tools and services for the global investment community. With over 50 years of expertise in research, data and technology, MSCI powers better investment decisions by enabling clients to understand and analyze key drivers of risk and return and confidently build more effective portfolios. MSCI creates industry-leading research-enhanced solutions that clients use to gain insight into and improve transparency across the investment process. To learn more, please visit www.msci.com.

    Citations:

    1. Data from MSCI as of 6/02/2025.

    Risk Disclosures:

    The Fund has not yet received any investments or started its operations, and it lacks any historical record or performance. This information is only a brief summary and is not exhaustive. The terms mentioned here may undergo significant changes without prior notice. It’s essential to note that certain crucial details about the stated terms are omitted, and other key Fund terms are not addressed in this summary. To gain a comprehensive understanding, potential investors should refer to the Fund’s private placement memorandum, limited partnership agreement and subscription agreement (collectively, “the Fund Documents”), which will take precedence in case of any conflicts with the general terms provided here.

    An investor should base any investment decisions solely on the information contained in the Fund Documents. Furthermore, there is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its fundraising goals, which could impact its ability to carry out its objectives.

    An investment in the Fund is speculative, involves a high degree of risk, and is suitable only for persons who are willing and able to assume the risk of losing their entire investment.

    The Fund’s portfolio intends to invest in ten private companies tracked by the Index. The Target List does not represent all private technology companies, rather, only private technology companies listed on the MSCI All Country Venture-Backed Private Company Top 10 Equal Weighted (June 2025 Vintage) Index. The Target List may include certain companies that perform poorly or omit other companies that perform well. The Partnership may not invest in all the companies comprising the Target List and may need to expand the pool of investments to fully invest its capital. For the avoidance of doubt, the Partnership’s performance will not track the Target List, in part because the Partnership may not be able to participate in the desired amount or may be weighted differently and therefore the Fund’s performance may deviate from that of the Target List. There is no assurance that the Partnership will achieve its investment or risk management objectives or be profitable.

    The Partnership may invest in portfolio companies which are significantly debt-financed by third parties. While investments in leveraged companies offer the opportunity for capital appreciation, such investments also involve a higher degree of risk.

    The Partnership generally seeks to invest and may be concentrated in private, high-growth technology companies which often include the risks of, rapidly changing science and technologies; obsolescence, fierce competition and rapidly changing investor sentiments and preferences with regard to technology sector investments. Information technology companies may be smaller and less experienced companies, with limited operating history.

    The Interests are being offered without registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in reliance upon an exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Investors will generally not have the right to withdraw from the Partnership (unless permitted by the General Partner in its discretion or as otherwise set forth in the Partnership Agreement) and should be viewed as illiquid. Investors may not be able to redeem their interests in the amount or at the time desired and should only be considered by investors who can bear such risk for an indefinite period of time.

    This communication is not intended by Krane or any of its affiliated funds as an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to purchase, any Security. The information set forth in the communication is provided for informational and discussion purposes only and is not intended to be, and shall not be regarded or construed as, a recommendation for a transaction or investment, financial or other advice of any kind. It does not constitute or imply any commitment whatsoever, including without limitation an offer to purchase, sell or hold any Security or to enter into or arrange any type of transaction. Any offering will be made only where permitted by law and by means of the Fund Documents that will contain detailed information about any investment to be offered; no sales will be made, and no commitments to enter into investments will be accepted, and no money is being solicited or will be accepted, until the Fund Documents are made available to prospective investors. Any indication of interest from prospective investors in response to the information provided in the communication involves no obligation or commitment of any kind. Any investment decisions should be based solely on the data in the Fund Documents and after consultation with an investor’s independent advisors.

    The funds or securities referred to herein are not sponsored, endorsed, or promoted by MSCI, and MSCI bears no liability with respect to any such funds or securities or any index on which such funds or securities are based. The Private Placement Memorandum contains a more detailed description of the limited relationship MSCI has with Krane Capital Management, LLC and any related funds.

    The target list of companies herein was compiled based on an MSCI index of private technology companies named “MSCI All Country Venture-Backed Private Company Top 10 Equal Weighted (June 2025 Vintage) Index”. KraneShares licenses this list from MSCI.

    An investment in the Fund would not be appropriate for all investors and involves important legal, operational and tax consequences and investment risks (including, in some cases, volatility, currency and credit risk, illiquidity, and/or loss of principal), each of which should be independently assessed by investors with their professional advisors prior to transacting. This communication does not take into account individual investor circumstances, objectives, or needs. No determination has been made regarding the suitability of any securities, financial instruments, or strategies for particular investors or prospects.

    The interests in the Fund have not been approved or recommended by any United States federal or state securities commission or regulatory authority. The foregoing authorities have not confirmed the accuracy or determined the adequacy of the communication. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

    THIS COMMUNICATION DOES NOT DISCLOSE ALL THE RISKS AND OTHER SIGNIFICANT ISSUES RELATED TO AN INVESTMENT IN THE FUND. BEFORE INVESTING IN THE FUND, POTENTIAL INVESTORS SHOULD FULLY UNDERSTAND THE FUND’S TERMS AND ANY APPLICABLE RISKS, SOME, BUT NOT ALL, OF WHICH ARE DESCRIBED IN MORE DETAIL IN THE FUND DOCUMENTS.

    Foreside Fund Services, LLC provides marketing review services. Foreside Fund Services, LLC is not affiliated with Krane Capital Management, LLC.

    Contact:
    KraneShares Investor Relations
    info@kraneshares.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: One Stop Systems to Report Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    ESCONDIDO, Calif., July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — One Stop Systems, Inc. (“OSS” or the “Company”) (Nasdaq: OSS), a leader in rugged Enterprise Class compute for artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning (ML) and sensor processing at the edge, announced today that it will release its second quarter 2025 financial results before the market opens on Thursday, August 7, 2025. A webcast and conference call will be held that same day at 10:00 a.m. ET to review the Company’s results.

    Conference Call and Webcast

    Domestic: 1-800-579-2543
    International: 1-785-424-1789
    Conference ID: ONESTOP (required for entry)
    Webcast:  https://viavid.webcasts.com/starthere.jsp?ei=1720675&tp_key=5676c84cc3

    Conference Call Replay

    Domestic: 1-844-512-2921
    International: 1-412-317-6671
    Passcode: 11159702

    A replay of the call will be available after 1:00 p.m. ET on August 7, 2025, through August 21, 2025.

    About One Stop Systems
    One Stop Systems, Inc. (Nasdaq: OSS) is a leader in AI enabled solutions for the demanding ‘edge’. OSS designs and manufactures Enterprise Class compute and storage products that enable rugged AI, sensor fusion and autonomous capabilities without compromise. These hardware and software platforms bring the latest data center performance to harsh and challenging applications, whether they are on land, sea or in the air.

    OSS products include ruggedized servers, compute accelerators, flash storage arrays, and storage acceleration software. These specialized compact products are used across multiple industries and applications, including autonomous trucking and farming, as well as aircraft, drones, ships and vehicles within the defense industry.

    OSS solutions address the entire AI workflow, from high-speed data acquisition to deep learning, training and large-scale inference, and have delivered many industry firsts for industrial OEM and government customers.

    As the fastest growing segment of the multi-billion-dollar edge computing market, AI enabled solutions require-and OSS delivers-the highest level of performance in the most challenging environments without compromise.

    OSS products are available directly or through global distributors. For more information, go to www.onestopsystems.com. You can also follow OSS on X, YouTube, and LinkedIn.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    One Stop Systems cautions you that statements in this press release that are not a description of historical facts are forward-looking statements. Words such as, but not limited to, “anticipate,” “aim,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “design,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “suggest,” “strategy,” “target,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions or phrases, or the negative of those expressions or phrases, are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. These statements are based on the company’s current beliefs and expectations. The inclusion of forward-looking statements should not be regarded as a representation by One Stop Systems or its partners that any of our plans or expectations will be achieved. Actual results may differ from those set forth in this press release due to the risk and uncertainties inherent in our business, performance of our products, growth of the edge computing market, as well as risks described in our prior press releases and in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including under the heading “Risk Factors” in our latest Annual Report on Form 10-K and any subsequent filings with the SEC. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof, and the company undertakes no obligation to revise or update this press release to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof. All forward-looking statements are qualified in their entirety by this cautionary statement, which is made under the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

    Media Contacts:
    Robert Kalebaugh
    One Stop Systems, Inc.
    Tel (858) 518-6154
    Email contact

    Investor Relations:
    Andrew Berger
    Managing Director
    SM Berger & Company, Inc.
    Tel (216) 464-6400
    Email contact

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Business leaders welcome the UK-India Free Trade Agreement

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    Press release

    Business leaders welcome the UK-India Free Trade Agreement

    Business leaders have strongly welcomed the signing of the UK-India Free Trade Agreement.

    Business leaders have strongly welcomed the signing of the UK-India Free Trade Agreement, as Business and Trade Secretary, Jonathan Reynolds and India’s Commerce and Industry Minister, Piyush Goyal, signed the landmark trade deal.

    The £4.8bn trade deal will unlock economic growth for each region and nation of the UK, and is widely backed by large and small businesses across aerospace, financial and professional services, food and drink, and the automotive sector.

    Business Groups  

    Rain Newton-Smith, CEO, CBI said: 

    In an era of rising protectionism, today’s announcement sends a powerful signal that the UK is open for business and remains resolute in its commitment to free and fair trade.  

    A trade agreement with India – one of the world’s fastest-growing economies – is a springboard for long-term partnership and prosperity. UK firms can take advantage of this new platform to scale, diversify and compete on the global stage.  

    The CBI looks forward to working closely alongside the Confederation of Indian Industry to turn ambition into action and negotiation into real-world impact. Ensuring this agreement delivers tangible benefits for businesses on both sides will be critical to meeting the UK’s growth ambitions.

    William Bain, Head of Trade Policy at the BCC, said: 

    The signing of this agreement is a clear signal of the UK’s continuing commitment to free and fair trade. It will open a new era for our businesses and boost investment between two of the world’s largest economies.    

    Currently around 16,000 UK companies are trading goods with Indian companies, and there is high interest in our Chamber Network to grow that.  This deal will create new opportunities in the transport, travel, creative and business support sectors alongside traditional strengths in finance and professional services.

    Policy Chair of the Federation of Small Businesses (FSB), Tina McKenzie, said: 

    India is the fourth largest economy in the world, and today’s trade deal provides exciting growth potential for UK small businesses. 

    Already one-in-seven (14%) of our members who export have India among their overseas markets, and this deal opens the way for that number to grow. It’s welcome that the agreement includes a specific small business chapter. 

    Encouraging more small firms to trade internationally, and making it easier for those who already do to increase their international trade, is an important flank in the quest for economic growth. Reducing barriers is key to achieving that.

    Richard Heald OBE, Chair, UK-India Business Council, said:  

    The UK-India FTA marks a historic milestone in the bilateral relationship.

    Businesses across both countries have long called for an agreement that reduces barriers, enhances market access, and creates a clear framework for long-term, sustainable growth. We congratulate both governments for their commitment and ambition in bringing this complex negotiation to fruition. Success in the FTA will support further economic growth for the world’s 5th and 6th largest economies. It will catalyse collaboration into other areas too.

    Aerospace  

    Tufan Erginbiligic, Rolls-Royce CEO, said: 

    India is an important market for our business, with over 90 years of partnership with Indian industry and the Indian Government.

    We welcome the provisions in this Free Trade Agreement, including those that bring closer alignment with international standards for trade in civil aerospace.

    These agreements will benefit Rolls-Royce and our customers, paving the way for future aerospace growth in India.

    Financial and professional services 

    Ian Stuart, CEO of HSBC UK, said: 

    Today’s signing of the UK-India Free Trade Agreement marks an important milestone for both countries.

    This is a vibrant and fast-growing corridor and will bring huge opportunities for both British and Indian businesses as they seek to grow internationally.  

    As the world’s largest trade bank with deep roots in both countries, we look forward to supporting our clients to take advantage of the full benefits of this historic agreement. 

    Bill Winters CBE, Group Chief Executive of Standard Chartered and Co-Chair of the UK-India Financial Partnership, said: 

    This landmark agreement between the UK and India – two of the world’s largest and most dynamic economies – is a tremendous achievement.

    It will drive greater innovation, unlock growth, and build prosperity across this long-established corridor of trade, capital and investment.

    As one of the largest and oldest international banks in India, we welcome the certainty the FTA provides for UK services and the meaningful opportunities that lower tariffs will create for businesses large and small in both markets.

    Rohan Malik, EY EMEIA and UK & Ireland Government & Public Sector Managing Partner, said:   

    Over the past decade, total trade value between the UK and India has more than doubled from £16.6bn to £40bn and this agreement will further strengthen the flourishing economic relationship between the two countries. 

    Enhanced access to one of the world’s largest markets should offer considerable advantages for financial and professional services businesses, unlocking commercial opportunities and supporting growth across two strategically significant sectors of the UK economy.

    Adam Gagen, Global Head of Government Affairs at Revolut, said:  

    As a UK fintech with significant business in India, we welcome the announcement of this UK-India FTA.

    It is an important partnership to bring these two vital economies closer together and to foster improved trade links, better investment flows and more jobs.

    Revolut looks forward to working with the UK Government to maximise the value of this FTA and we strongly congratulate the hard work of DBT for getting this over the line.

    Nicola Watkinson, Managing Director for International, TheCityUK, said:  

    India is a market with huge growth potential and a strong FTA between our two markets will open up valuable new trade and investment opportunities for UK businesses.

    The UK financial and related professional services industry is well placed to support India’s growth ambitions through the provision of services in areas such as green finance, risk management and capital market development, as well as benefit from India’s digital innovations.

    We welcome the formal signing of the FTA and look forward to continuing to build on its foundations to forge a strong and lasting partnership with India.

    Automotives  

    Mike Hawes, SMMT Chief Executive, said:  

    The UK-India trade agreement represents a significant achievement, partially liberalising the Indian automotive market for the first time.

    While the highly complex deal confirms some compromises, its entry into force will provide commercial opportunities for UK manufacturers who will be able to access vastly reduced tariffs on internal combustion vehicles from day one, and on electrified vehicles and parts in the longer term.

    To ensure maximum and timely benefit, we now need rapid ratification and renewed efforts to agree fair and workable solutions on tariff-rate-quotas administration.

    A JLR spokesperson said:  

    We welcome this free trade agreement between the UK and India, which over time will deliver reduced tariff access to the Indian car market for JLR’s luxury vehicles.

    India is an important market for our British built products and represents significant future growth opportunities.

    Food and drink 

    Nik Jhangiani, Interim Chief Executive, Diageo, said: 

    This agreement marks a great moment for both Scotch and Scotland, and we’ll be raising a glass of Johnnie Walker to all those who have worked so hard to get it secured. 

    Jean-Etienne Gourgues, Chivas Brothers Chairman and CEO, said: 

    Signature of the UK-India FTA is a sign of hope in challenging times for the spirits industry. 

    India is the world’s biggest whisky market by volume and greater access will be an eventual game changer for the export of our Scotch whisky brands, such as Chivas Regal and Ballantine’s.

    The deal will support long term investment and jobs in our distilleries in Speyside and our bottling plant at Kilmalid and help deliver growth in both Scotland and India over the next decade.

    Let’s hope that both governments will move quickly to ratification so business can get to work implementing the deal!

    Mark Kent, Chief Executive of the SWA said:  

    The Scotch Whisky industry has long championed a free trade agreement between the UK and India.

    The signing of the FTA is an historic moment and is an important milestone to reducing tariffs on Scotch Whisky in a growing market.

    This will contribute to the government’s growth objective, by laying the foundations for further investment and jobs.

    George Hyde, Head of Trade, The Food and Drink Federation: 

    We’re pleased to see the details of the new Free Trade Agreement with India, with tariffs for iconic British products, including chocolate, breakfast cereals and biscuits set to be phased out over the next decade.

    We also welcome that this agreement protects the UK’s sugar and rice milling sectors, reflecting the vital role these industries play in boosting local economies. 

    With exports of UK food and drink to India already worth nearly £300 million annually, improved access to this growing market will help strengthen the competitiveness of our sector and help future-proof the nation’s food security.

    We look forward to working with government to help businesses make the most of this opportunity.

    Nick Spencer, Export and Travel Retail Manager at Southwestern Distillery Ltd, said: 

    There are tremendous hurdles for UK spirits producers in terms of entering and succeeding in the Indian market.

    The extremely high import tariffs are probably the most significant barrier to entry we have experienced anywhere internationally.

    The FTA is a fabulous step forward. Since its announcement, we have already received significant new interest from Indian importers and the prospect of success in the Indian market now looks much brighter.

    Stephen Davies, Chief Executive of Penderyn Distillery, said:  

    We are developing our business and brand awareness in both domestic and travel retail sectors in India. It’s an exciting and developing market for us.

    The agreement to reduce tariffs will provide a better platform for us and our industry to develop links and build business over the next five years.

    These are exciting times. 

    Medtech  

    Gordon Sanghera, CEO of Oxford Nanopore Technologies, said:  

    The UK-India Free Trade Agreement is more than a policy document it’s a foundation for action. 

    India’s deep scientific talent, clear ambition and growing global influence make it one of the most exciting places in the world to build long-term partnerships in science and healthcare.

    And this moment, with the FTA in place, gives companies like ours the confidence to invest, to scale and to co-create in ways that weren’t possible before.

    Deepak Nath, Chief Executive Officer, Smith+Nephew, said: 

    Given the size of the Indian economy and its healthcare system, India is an important location for Smith+Nephew. The Free Trade Agreement offers the potential to build trading links in the healthcare sector. 

    We hope that the Free Trade Agreement will enable Smith+Nephew’s innovative medical technologies to support more healthcare professionals to return their patients to health and mobility.

    Philip McKee, Sales Manager at Biopanda, a Belfast-based medtech manufacturer which exports in vitro test kits for clinical laboratories, veterinary practice, and food safety laboratories, said:   

    Biopanda have been supplying a range of diagnostic products to the Indian market throughout the past ten years. We value the business we have done already throughout India and with the introduction of the UK-India FTA this should benefit in increased trade with the removal of export barriers.  

    This will hopefully increase the market access, allowing our distributors throughout India to provide a larger range of our highly accurate clinical diagnostic products at a lower price to the consumer. 

    Manufacturing 

    Graeme Macdonald, JCB Chief Executive, said:  

    India is a great country in which to do business. JCB has been manufacturing machines there since 1979. So, we know India very well and the opportunity for British businesses in that huge market is significant.  

    It’s the fifth largest economy in the world and is tipped to become the third largest by 2028. This Free Trade Agreement should give British businesses the confidence they need to enter the market, trade more easily and benefit from the massive opportunity.

    Professor Carl Stephen Patrick Hunter OBE, Chairman Coltraco Ultrasonics Limited & Director-General The Durham Institute of Research, Development & Invention, said: 

    Coltraco Ultrasonics is strongly supportive of the India FTA Trade Agreement and proud to have modestly contributed to and advising the British negotiating team on various chapters. 

    The UK private sector can now, because of the India FTA, the Windsor Framework CPTPP, and a variety of other UK FTAs, look out to the world, balancing our exporting and investment opportunities between the USA, the EU and Asia Pacific. 

    It is a tremendous success and we thank British and Indian Civil Servants for their public service in the UK-India FTA.

    Mark Ridgway OBE DL, CEO of Rhodes Group, said: 

    As a manufacturer of advanced metalforming machinery used in the forming and lightweighting of aircraft, India is a strong market for Group Rhodes and offers significant growth potential. The recent UK-India trade deal not only sets the scene for reduced tariffs on machinery but also serves to both enhance our competitiveness as a UK exporter and reduce the complexity of trade with this fast-growing market. 

    Importantly, the UK-India FTA recognises UK origin content of at least 20% as qualification as a ‘local supplier’ in India. This provides equal treatment in the Indian government procurement process and the opportunity for Group Rhodes to build on its existence reference sites within the Indian aerospace sector.

    Idir Boudaoud, Founder and CEO at Sensoteq, said: 

    India is a key growth market for Sensoteq — its vast and rapidly evolving manufacturing sector aligns perfectly with our mission to improve machine reliability through smarter monitoring. This trade deal is a real breakthrough for us. 

    Simplified and transparent customs procedures, modernised rules of origin, and stronger IP protections mean we can enter the market with greater speed, confidence, and security. 

    This agreement gives businesses like ours the access and assurance needed to thrive in one of the world’s most important industrial markets.

    William Crawford, Director of Concrete Canvas Ltd, said:  

    India is a dynamic and vibrant economy and an increasingly important market for Concrete Canvas products. A UK-India FTA will help to accelerate our plans for growth by reducing trade barriers and making us more competitive. 

    This is welcome news for both UK and Indian businesses!

    Creative Industries 

    Richard Masters, Premier League Chief Executive, said: 

    India continues to be incredibly important to the Premier League and our clubs. It is a vibrant country that presents exciting opportunities and significant potential. The opening of our office in Mumbai earlier this year was a significant milestone for the Premier League, demonstrating our commitment to build on longstanding work to engage local fans, develop grassroots and elite football and further promote the game in India.   

    The continued growth of the Premier League and UK businesses in India will have a positive impact on our domestic economy. We welcome the signing of this new trade deal which will support UK businesses operating in India.

    Richard Pring, Co-Founder at Wales Interactive, said: 

    The UK-India Free Trade Agreement has the potential to strengthen creative partnerships and streamline production across borders. With India’s vast film and television industry, it creates new opportunities for studios like ours to collaborate with international talent and share our interactive stories and games with even wider audiences. 

    Digital and Tech 

    Simon Hansford, Chief Commercial Officer at Civo, a cloud provider founded in Hertfordshire, said:  

    The UK-India trade deal is a game-changer for UK businesses. Significant tariff reductions on our exports will mean our products can be more competitive and accessible in India’s rapidly growing market. Guaranteed access to India’s public procurement market and simplified customs processes could be transformational for many.  

    This deal offers substantial benefits, boosting confidence and creating new avenues for growth in areas that were previously challenging to navigate, making it easier for UK SMEs to trade and thrive internationally.

    Clean Energy  

    Neil Spann, CEO of Power Roll, said: 

    As a UK clean energy company committed to fostering global impact, the UK-India trade agreement marks a significant milestone for us.  It lowers barriers to entry and enhances our ability to collaborate with Indian partners in one of the world’s most dynamic renewable energy markets. India’s ambitious solar targets and drive for domestic innovation align perfectly with our flexible solar technology and long-term growth strategy.  

    As one of the world’s fastest-growing economies and a key player in the global renewable energy transition, India presents a major opportunity for UK clean energy technology. This trade deal enables us to position UK flexible solar as a key solution to India’s energy goals. We are excited to continue to build upon our existing relationships with valued collaborators by expanding our presence in India following a successful visit earlier this year.

    Transport 

    Chris Woodroofe, Manchester Airport Managing Director, said:  

    We are proud this new route with IndiGo will deliver growth here in the North, and for the UK as a whole. 

    Boosted by the new UK-India FTA, the direct connectivity it provides will unlock opportunities for the region’s businesses to trade with India and will facilitate investment into the UK. 

    That will help turbo charge the Government’s Industrial Strategy by boosting innovation and productivity in the sectors that will sit at the heart of the country’s future prosperity.

    Textiles  

    Bill Leach, Global Sales Director, John Smedley Ltd, said: 

    India is one of the fastest growing luxury markets in the world, and we are very excited about the UK- India Free Trade Agreement coming to fruition. 

    John Smedley knitwear is already sold in over 50 countries around the world, and now that the FTA has been signed, we shall very much look forward to ensuring that an ever-increasing number of discerning luxury consumers in India will enjoy greater access to The World’s Finest Knitwear. 

    We are thankful to DBT for their significant efforts in bringing this FTA to successful conclusion.

    Cosmetics 

    Dr Emma Meredith OBE, Director-General, CTPA (Cosmetic, Toiletry and Perfumery Association), said:  

    The UK-India Free Trade Agreement (FTA) represents a significant opportunity for the cosmetics and personal care industry.  Tariff reduction and the commitments to ongoing cooperation will enhance market access and create new opportunities for growth for UK brands and manufacturers.  CTPA welcomes the strengthening of the bilateral ties through the negotiation process, a great first step in the delivery of substantial benefits for our sector.

    Updates to this page

    Published 24 July 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI Asia-Pac: HKMoA to stage first exhibition of Chinese art master Wu Guanzhong in Korea (with photos)

    Source: Hong Kong Government special administrative region

    HKMoA to stage first exhibition of Chinese art master Wu Guanzhong in Korea       
         The exhibition is presented by the Leisure and Cultural Services Department (LCSD) and jointly organised by the SAC and the HKMoA. The exhibition is made possible by the Wu Guanzhong Art Sponsorship. This exhibition in Seoul is a continuation of the popular thematic exhibition of Wu, held at the HKMoA from March 2024 to March 2025, which achieved great success and attracted more than 570 000 visitors during the exhibition period. Accompanied by insightful excerpts from the artist’s writings, the exhibition allows visitors to explore the art master’s distinctive chromatic aesthetics as well as the countless passions and flights of imagination evoked from the interplay between black and white. There will be opportunities to appreciate iconic paintings such as “Two Swallows”, “Reminiscences of Jiangnan”, “Waterway” and more. 
          
         Wu’s works perfectly fuse Eastern and Western aesthetics. He dedicated his entire life to exploring the integration of Chinese and Western art, studied traditional Chinese ink painting and also ventured into the colourful world of oil painting in his early years. After studying in France, he returned to China. His works are noted for his masterful integration of the emotional depth of traditional Chinese ink painting with Western modernist and abstract composition. In 1992, Wu was among the first living Chinese artists to be honoured with a solo exhibition at the British Museum, and his works are also widely exhibited in Asia, Europe and the United States.
          
         Wu had deep connections with Hong Kong, and held multiple exhibitions and participated in various art events in the city. Over the years, Wu and his family have continuously made donations of Wu’s works and archives to the HKMoA, making up a substantial collection of over 450 items. The HKMoA has become the institution with the largest and most diverse collection of Wu’s works. With the support of the Wu Guanzhong Art Sponsorship, the HKMoA is bringing the museum collection and the research and curatorial insights of the art of Wu overseas, and will continue to promote Wu and modern Chinese art to audiences in different regions and at various levels through comprehensive and diversified perspectives.
          
         In addition, an immersive installation from the “Wu Guanzhong Art Sponsorship Cross-disciplinary Series: Wu Guanzhong x Chris Cheung” will also be on display overseas for the first time, complementing the exhibition. Processed by AI, “Sentient Pond – Seoul Edition” created by Hong Kong artist Chris Cheung generates exclusive paintings by visitors that embody Wu’s brushstrokes and artistic style through machine learning over hundreds of Wu’s paintings from the museum collection, to carry on the unconventional creations and spirit of Wu with a contemporary twist.
          
         Hong Kong Week is an annual arts festival organised by the LCSD, celebrating Hong Kong’s creative excellence worldwide and fostering cultural exchanges and artistic collaboration. This year, the festival will arrive in Seoul for the first time. Beginning on September 26, a total of 14 programmes will feature stage performances, film screenings, outdoor shows, visual art exhibitions, comic creations, fashion designs as well as other fringe activities. 
     
    For details of the exhibition and HK Week@Seoul, please visit the HKMoA’s website at hk.art.museum/en/web/ma/exhibitions-and-events/overseas-wgz-bnw.htmlIssued at HKT 19:25

    NNNN

    MIL OSI Asia Pacific News

  • MIL-OSI Africa: Nelson Mandela Bay, UNISA forge groundbreaking library partnership

    Source: Government of South Africa

    The Nelson Mandela Bay Municipality has launched a pioneering partnership with the University of South Africa (UNISA) to dramatically expand access to library services for students and the broader public within the metro.

    Launched on Tuesday at New Brighton Library, the collaboration aims to enhance educational opportunities by transforming municipal libraries into resource hubs that support both UNISA students and lifelong learners.

    Under the agreement, municipal libraries will provide free internet and computer access, designated study spaces, and serve as convenient delivery and collection points for UNISA library materials.

    Through this collaboration, the municipality’s libraries will offer internet and computer facilities, provide study spaces, and serve as convenient delivery and collection points for UNISA library materials.

    As part of the agreement, the following areas of collaboration were outlined:
    •    Reciprocal participation in annual events and programmes.
    •    ICT training and support, primarily facilitated by UNISA.
    •    Distribution of UNISA brochures, posters, and event announcements in municipal libraries, and vice versa.
    •    Free internet access and usage of electronic resources for students, including Wi-Fi, databases, electronic reserves, journals, and books.
    •    Collaboration on courier services and information dissemination.
    •    Provision of study spaces for UNISA students.
    •    Joint efforts in marketing and communication to assess student satisfaction.
    •    Collaboration on sponsorships, such as provision of computers.
    •    Sharing of reports, statistics, and information.

    Nelson Mandela Bay Municipality Executive Mayor, Babalwa Lobishe, hailed the initiative as a transformative moment for the metro’s education agenda.

    “We are not only opening library doors, but we are opening pathways to opportunity, to education, and to a better future for all. By extending the access to knowledge and technology, especially in our undeserved communities, we are affirming that education is the foundation of dignity, progress, and equality. This fits well in our efforts to build a people-centred and inclusive metro,” Lobishe said.

    UNISA Executive Director for Library Services, Professor Mpho Ngoepe echoed the mayor’s sentiments, saying the initiative marks the beginning of a journey and contributing to closing the inequality gap that leads to poverty, through knowledge and empowerment.

    “In this digital era, libraries must take intentional steps to reach users where they are. We are moving towards a time when UNISA library services will be accessible to everyone, including those who are not enrolled with UNISA.

    “This is the end of the era where universities were seen as inaccessible ivory towers. Through this partnership, we will also explore the dissemination of research outputs,” Ngoepe said.

    Member of the Mayoral Committee for Sport, Recreation, Arts and Culture, Sinesipho Kwatsha, emphasised the broader social impact of the initiative.

    “This partnership is about more than logistics, it is a social contract and a clear commitment that every learner matters, “no matter where they come from. Through this collaboration, learners from disadvantaged communities, who might not otherwise have access to conducive learning spaces and resources, will now be supported through our network of municipal libraries across the metro,” Kwatsha said. – SAnews.gov.za
     

    MIL OSI Africa

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Policy paper: India-UK Vision 2035

    Source: United Kingdom – Prime Minister’s Office 10 Downing Street

    Policy paper

    India-UK Vision 2035

    The Prime Ministers of India and the UK endorsed the new ‘India-UK Vision 2035’ during their meeting in London on 24 July 2025.

    Documents

    India-UK Vision 2035

    Details

    The Prime Ministers of India and the United Kingdom, during their meeting on 24 July 2025 in London, endorsed the new ‘India-UK Vision 2035’ that reaffirms their shared commitment to unlocking the full potential of a revitalised partnership.

    This ambitious and future-focused agreement underscores the 2 nations’ resolve to work together for mutual growth, prosperity and to shape a prosperous, secure, and sustainable world in a time of rapid global change.

    Increased ambition: since elevating the relationship to a Comprehensive Strategic Partnership, India and the UK have catalysed significant partnerships and growth across all sectors. The new vision builds on this momentum, setting ambitious goals to deepen and diversify bilateral cooperation.

    Strategic vision: by 2035, flagship partnerships will redefine the India-UK relationship delivering transformative opportunities and tangible benefits for both countries. The India-UK Vision 2035 sets clear strategic goals and milestones, tracking a path for sustained future collaboration and innovation.

    Comprehensive outcomes: the pillars of the India-UK Vision 2035 are designed to reinforce one another, creating a partnership that is greater than the sum of its parts across a wide and deep range of outcomes including:

    • growth and jobs in the UK and India, building on an ambitious trade deal that unlocks markets and opportunities for both countries
    • an education and skills partnership to nurture the next generation of global talent, deepening transnational education collaborations between UK and Indian universities, including the establishment of campuses of leading universities in each other’s countries
    • develop cutting-edge technology and research, building on the Technology Security Initiative, focused on future telecoms, AI and critical minerals, laying the ground for future collaboration on semi-conductors, quantum, bio-technology and advanced materials
    • a transformative climate partnership focussed on accelerating clean energy, mobilising climate finance at scale, and strengthening resilience
    • defence and security cooperation, including a common commitment to peace, security and prosperity in the Indo-Pacific and beyond

    Updates to this page

    Published 24 July 2025

    Sign up for emails or print this page

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI: Nasdaq Reports Second Quarter 2025 Results; Double-Digit Net Revenue Growth Reflects Strong Momentum Across All Divisions

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Nasdaq, Inc. (Nasdaq: NDAQ) today reported financial results for the second quarter of 2025.

    • Second quarter 2025 net revenue1 was $1.3 billion, an increase of 13% over the second quarter of 2024, or up 12% on an organic2 basis. This included Solutions3 revenue growing 10%.
    • Annualized Recurring Revenue (ARR)4 of $2.9 billion increased 10% over the second quarter of 2024, or up 9% on an organic basis. Annualized SaaS revenue increased 13%, or 12% on an organic basis, and represented 37% of ARR.
    • Financial Technology revenue of $464 million increased 10% over the second quarter of 2024.
    • Index revenue of $196 million grew 17%, with $88 billion of net inflows over the trailing twelve months and $20 billion in the second quarter of 2025.
    • GAAP diluted earnings per share grew over 100% in the second quarter of 2025. Non-GAAP5 diluted earnings per share grew 24% in the second quarter of 2025.
    • In the second quarter of 2025, the company returned $155 million to shareholders through dividends and $100 million through repurchases of common stock. The company also repaid $400 million of senior unsecured notes in the quarter.

    Second Quarter 2025 Highlights

    (US$ millions, except per share) 2Q25 YoY change % Adjusted2YoY
    change %
    Organic YoY
    change %
    Solutions revenue $991 10% 10% 10%
    Market Services net revenue $306 22% 21% 21%
    Net revenue $1,306 13% 12% 12%
    GAAP operating income $568 34%    
    Non-GAAP operating income $721 16% 16% 16%
    ARR $2,931 10% 9% 9%
    GAAP diluted EPS $0.78 103%    
    Non-GAAP diluted EPS $0.85 24%   24%

    Note: Adjusted and organic change for 2Q25 as compared to 2Q24 are equivalent as they include the same period over period adjustments. Refer to the footnotes to this press release for more information.

    Adena Friedman, Chair and CEO said, “Nasdaq delivered an excellent second quarter performance amid a dynamic market environment. Our ability to deliver broad-based growth through cycles is testament to our role as a partner to our clients, helping them capture strategic opportunities, manage risk, and solidify their operational resilience.

    Looking ahead, we remain well-positioned to enhance value for our clients and shareholders by driving innovation and deepening our client relationships through our One Nasdaq approach.”

    Sarah Youngwood, Executive Vice President and CFO said, “Nasdaq’s financial results highlight the resilience of our business model and its ability to achieve exceptional revenue and earnings growth with strong free cash flow generation.

    We are executing well on our capital allocation priorities, including repaying debt, and have surpassed our gross leverage milestone 16 months ahead of plan. We will optimize for long-term investor returns as we make organic growth investments and balance further deleveraging with opportunistic share repurchases.”

    FINANCIAL REVIEW

    • Second quarter 2025 net revenue was $1,306 million, reflecting 13% growth versus the prior year period. Organic net revenue growth was 12%.
    • Solutions revenue was $991 million in the second quarter of 2025, up 10% versus the prior year period, reflecting strong growth from Index and Financial Technology.
    • ARR grew 10% year-over-year, or 9% on an organic basis, in the second quarter of 2025, with 12% ARR growth for Financial Technology, or 11% on an organic basis, and 7% ARR growth for Capital Access Platforms, or 6% on an organic basis.
    • Market Services net revenue was $306 million in the second quarter of 2025, up 22% versus the prior year period, or 21% on an organic basis.
    • Second quarter 2025 GAAP operating expenses were $738 million, in line with the prior year period. The quarter reflected lower restructuring costs, offset by higher compensation and benefits costs, merger and strategic initiative costs, and increased investments in technology and people to drive innovation and long-term growth.
    • Second quarter 2025 non-GAAP operating expenses were $585 million, reflecting 9% growth versus the prior year period, or 8% growth on an organic basis. The organic increase for the quarter reflected growth driven by increased investments in technology and people to drive innovation and long-term growth, partially offset by the benefit of synergies.
    • Cash flow from operations was $746 million for the second quarter, enabling the company to make continued progress on its deleveraging plan. In the second quarter of 2025, the company returned $155 million to shareholders through dividends and $100 million through repurchases of common stock. As of June 30, 2025, there was $1.5 billion remaining under the board authorized share repurchase program. The company also repaid $400 million of senior unsecured notes in the second quarter of 2025.

    2025 EXPENSE AND TAX GUIDANCE UPDATE6

    • The company is updating its 2025 non-GAAP operating expense guidance to a range of $2,295 million to $2,335 million. The driver of the update is the impact of foreign exchange rates, which is offset in net revenue. The company is maintaining its 2025 non-GAAP tax rate guidance in the range of 22.5% to 24.5%.

    STRATEGIC AND BUSINESS UPDATES

    • Financial Technology achieved solid revenue growth across each subdivision in a dynamic macro environment. Robust client demand drove double-digit revenue and ARR growth. FinTech delivered 57 new clients, 130 upsells, and a record 7 cross-sells. Second quarter highlights included:
      • Financial Crime Management Technology is executing on its key growth initiatives. Second quarter results included three new enterprise client signings, including a cross-sell client and 2 upsells, reflecting continued progress on its enterprise client land and expand strategy. Nasdaq Verafin added 46 new small-and-medium bank clients in the second quarter. The business also signed its first proof of concept project with a European Tier 1 bank as part of its international expansion strategy.
      • Regulatory Technology’s success with new client wins and upsells driving growth. AxiomSL signed a new client and a cross-sell. The business accelerated its momentum with existing clients in the second quarter with 34 upsells, including the renewal of a large bank. Surveillance signed 6 new clients in the quarter, including 2 market operators and a European regulator, as well as 3 cross-sells. The business closed 33 upsells in the quarter, including a strategic upsell to a large European bank.
      • Solid momentum in Capital Markets Technology. Second quarter client demand was robust, supported by the ongoing market modernization mega trend. Calypso signed 2 new clients, 37 upsells, and a cross-sell. Market Technology secured 2 new clients, 24 upsells, and a cross-sell. In the second quarter, the business signed 3 clients to its fourth-generation marketplace technology platform, Nasdaq Eqlipse, including 2 fully managed services mandates where Nasdaq hosts and manages the clients’ entire trading environment and one AWS-hosted SaaS deployment.
    • Index ETP assets under management reached record levels and surpassed $700 billion at quarter-end. In the second quarter, Index had $20 billion in net inflows. ETP AUM was $745 billion at quarter-end, an all-time high. Nasdaq launched 33 new Index products in the second quarter, including 21 international products, 12 products in partnership with new Index clients, and 7 in the institutional insurance annuity space. Nasdaq and CME Group signed an extension through 2039 of CME Group’s exclusive license contract to offer futures and options on futures based on the Nasdaq-100 and other Nasdaq indexes, reflecting the companies’ shared commitment to delivering value through trusted benchmark products.
    • Nasdaq extended its listing leadership to 46 consecutive quarters. Nasdaq had the highest number of first half listings since 2021. New listings in the first half included 83 operating companies that raised more than $8 billion in total proceeds, contributing to a 81% win rate for eligible operating company listings. In the second quarter, the company welcomed 38 U.S. operating company IPOs that raised more than $3.5 billion in proceeds with a 79% win rate. Nasdaq maintained momentum in its switch program, attracting nearly $50 billion in market value in the second quarter and over $270 billion year-to-date, including Shopify, Thomson Reuters, and Kimberly Clark.
    • Market Services delivered record net revenue with record cash equities and derivatives revenue in the U.S. Nasdaq’s exchanges achieved record U.S. cash equities volumes in a quarter in which the industry achieved record volumes. During the Russell reconstitution, Nasdaq’s Closing Cross successfully executed 2.5 billion shares in 0.871 seconds across Nasdaq-listed securities that represented a record $102.5 billion dollars in notional value. Extending the first quarter’s trend, Nasdaq’s North American markets continued to experience exceptional message traffic in the second quarter, reaching a new record of more than 560 billion messages7 in a day. Nasdaq’s European equities business achieved sequential market share improvement in an elevated volume environment.
    • Nasdaq continues to execute on its 2025 strategic priorities — Integrate, Innovate, Accelerate — positioning the company to capitalize on opportunities for sustainable, scalable, and resilient growth.
      • Integrate – Nasdaq is on track to action its $140 million expanded net expense efficiency program by year-end, with approximately $130 million actioned as of the end of the second quarter. In the second quarter, Nasdaq surpassed the 3.3x gross leverage milestone that was set following the Adenza acquisition, achieving this milestone 16 months ahead of plan.
      • Innovate – Nasdaq continues to focus on innovating across the business. In July, Nasdaq Verafin announced the launch of its Agentic AI workforce. This suite of digital workers, now in beta testing, has the potential to address the most resource intensive anti-money laundering workflows. For example, when onboarded into a bank’s alert triage workflow, the Digital Sanctions Analyst automates the screening, documentation and acknowledgement processes, reducing alert review workload requiring human intervention by more than 80%. Beyond AI, Calypso announced a proof of concept that expands its industry-leading collateral management capabilities with digital assets. The use case demonstrates Nasdaq’s ability to integrate on-chain capabilities and help financial institutions manage collateral across asset classes in a more dynamic and efficient manner. Nasdaq became the exclusive distributor of Nasdaq Private Market’s Tape D(R) API in the second quarter to deliver real-time private market data and valuation insights to investors.
      • Accelerate – Nasdaq continued to deliver on its One Nasdaq strategy driving 7 cross-sell wins across Financial Technology in the quarter for a total of 26 cross-sells since the Adenza acquisition. Nasdaq remains on track to surpass $100 million in run-rate revenue from cross-sells by the end of 2027. At the end of the second quarter, cross-sells continued to account for over 15% of Financial Technology’s sales pipeline.

    ____________
    1 Represents revenue less transaction-based expenses.
    2 Adjusted and organic change for 2Q25 as compared to 2Q24 are equivalent as they include the same period over period adjustments. These changes are calculated by (i) removing the impact of period over period changes in foreign currency exchange rates (ii) adjusting for the impact of a divestiture and (iii) adjusting for the impact of AxiomSL on-premises contracts for ratable recognition for 2Q24, which was immaterial during that period. As it relates to ARR, organic changes only exclude the impacts of period over period changes in foreign currency exchange rates and a divestiture as the AxiomSL ratable recognition adjustment had no impact on ARR. Adjusted operating results also exclude the impact of the previously announced one-time revenue benefit in our Index business in 1Q24 ($16 million), which did not have an impact on our 2Q25 period over period change but does have an impact on year to date period over period results.
    3 Constitutes revenue from our Capital Access Platforms and Financial Technology segments.
    4 Annualized Recurring Revenue (ARR) for a given period is the current annualized value derived from subscription contracts with a defined contract value. This excludes contracts that are not recurring, are one-time in nature or where the contract value fluctuates based on defined metrics. ARR is currently one of our key performance metrics to assess the health and trajectory of our recurring business. ARR does not have any standardized definition and is therefore unlikely to be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. ARR should be viewed independently of revenue and deferred revenue and is not intended to be combined with or to replace either of those items. For AxiomSL and Calypso recurring revenue contracts, the amount included in ARR is consistent with the amount that we invoice the customer during the current period. Additionally, for AxiomSL and Calypso recurring revenue contracts that include annual values that increase over time, we include in ARR only the annualized value of components of the contract that are considered active as of the date of the ARR calculation. We do not include the future committed increases in the contract value as of the date of the ARR calculation. ARR is not a forecast and the active contracts at the end of a reporting period used in calculating ARR may or may not be extended or renewed by our customers.
    5 Refer to our reconciliations of U.S. GAAP to non-GAAP net income attributable to Nasdaq, diluted earnings per share, operating income, operating expenses and organic impacts included in the attached schedules.
    6 U.S. GAAP operating expense and tax rate guidance are not provided due to the inherent difficulty in quantifying certain amounts due to a variety of factors including the unpredictability in the movement in foreign currency rates, as well as future charges or reversals outside of the normal course of business.
    7 Message count represents the number of records across Nasdaq’s U.S. options, U.S. and Canadian equities markets, trade reporting facilities, and bond exchange that are recorded into Nasdaq’s data warehouse on a daily basis.

    ABOUT NASDAQ

    Nasdaq (Nasdaq: NDAQ) is a global technology company serving corporate clients, investment managers, banks, brokers, and exchange operators as they navigate and interact with the global capital markets and the broader financial system. We aspire to deliver world-leading platforms that improve the liquidity, transparency, and integrity of the global economy. Our diverse offering of data, analytics, software, exchange capabilities, and client-centric services enables clients to optimize and execute their business vision with confidence. To learn more about the company, technology solutions and career opportunities, visit us on LinkedIn, on X @Nasdaq, or at www.nasdaq.com.

    NON-GAAP INFORMATION

    In addition to disclosing results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, Nasdaq also discloses certain non-GAAP results of operations, including, but not limited to, non-GAAP net income attributable to Nasdaq, non-GAAP diluted earnings per share, non-GAAP operating income, and non-GAAP operating expenses, that include certain adjustments or exclude certain charges and gains that are described in the reconciliation tables of U.S. GAAP to non-GAAP information provided at the end of this release. Management uses this non-GAAP information internally, along with U.S. GAAP information, in evaluating our performance and in making financial and operational decisions. We believe our presentation of these measures provides investors with greater transparency and supplemental data relating to our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we believe the presentation of these measures is useful to investors for period-to-period comparisons of results as the items described below in the reconciliation tables do not reflect ongoing operating performance.

    These measures are not in accordance with, or an alternative to, U.S. GAAP, and may be different from non-GAAP measures used by other companies. In addition, other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate such measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as a comparative measure. Investors should not rely on any single financial measure when evaluating our business. This information should be considered as supplemental in nature and is not meant as a substitute for our operating results in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We recommend investors review the U.S. GAAP financial measures included in this earnings release. When viewed in conjunction with our U.S. GAAP results and the accompanying reconciliations, we believe these non-GAAP measures provide greater transparency and a more complete understanding of factors affecting our business than U.S. GAAP measures alone.

    We understand that analysts and investors regularly rely on non-GAAP financial measures, such as those noted above, to assess operating performance. We use these measures because they highlight trends more clearly in our business that may not otherwise be apparent when relying solely on U.S. GAAP financial measures, since these measures eliminate from our results specific financial items that have less bearing on our ongoing operating performance.

    Organic revenue and expense growth, organic change and organic impact are non-GAAP measures that reflect adjustments for: (i) the impact of period over period changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and (ii) the revenue, expenses and operating income associated with acquisitions and divestitures for the twelve month period following the date of the acquisition or divestiture and (iii) the impact of AxiomSL on-premises contracts for ratable recognition in comparable periods to align with current period presentation. Reconciliations of these measures are described within the body of this release or in the reconciliation tables at the end of this release.

    Foreign exchange impact: In countries with currencies other than the U.S. dollar, revenue and expenses are translated using monthly average exchange rates. Certain discussions in this release isolate the impact of year-over-year foreign currency fluctuations to better measure the comparability of operating results between periods. Operating results excluding the impact of foreign currency fluctuations are calculated by translating the current period’s results by the prior period’s exchange rates.

    Restructuring programs: In the fourth quarter of 2023, following the closing of the Adenza acquisition, our management approved, committed to and initiated a restructuring program to optimize our efficiencies as a combined organization. We further expanded this program in the fourth quarter of 2024 to accelerate our momentum and further optimize our efficiencies (efficiency program). We have incurred costs principally related to employee-related costs, contract terminations, asset impairments and other related costs and expect to incur additional costs in these areas in an effort to accelerate efficiencies through location strategy and enhanced AI capabilities. Actions taken as part of this program will be complete by the end of 2025, while certain costs may be recognized in the first half of 2026. We expect to achieve benefits primarily in the form of expense synergies. In October 2022, following our September announcement to realign our segments and leadership, we initiated a divisional realignment program with a focus on realizing the full potential of this structure. As of September 30, 2024, we completed our divisional realignment program. Costs related to the Adenza restructuring and the divisional realignment programs are recorded as “restructuring charges” in our condensed consolidated statements of income. We exclude charges associated with these programs for purposes of calculating non-GAAP measures as they are not reflective of ongoing operating performance or comparisons in Nasdaq’s performance between periods.

    CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    Information set forth in this communication contains forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Nasdaq cautions readers that any forward-looking information is not a guarantee of future performance and that actual results could differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking information. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to (i) projections relating to our future financial results, total shareholder returns, growth, dividend program, trading volumes, products and services, ability to transition to new business models, taxes and achievement of synergy targets, (ii) statements about the closing or implementation dates and benefits of certain acquisitions, divestitures and other strategic, restructuring, technology, de-leveraging and capital allocation initiatives, (iii) statements about our integrations of our recent acquisitions, (iv) statements relating to any litigation or regulatory or government investigation or action to which we are or could become a party, and (v) other statements that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties or other factors beyond Nasdaq’s control. These factors include, but are not limited to, Nasdaq’s ability to implement its strategic initiatives, economic, political and market conditions and fluctuations, geopolitical instability, government and industry regulation, interest rate risk, U.S. and global competition. Further information on these and other factors are detailed in Nasdaq’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including its annual reports on Form 10-K and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, which are available on Nasdaq’s investor relations website at http://ir.nasdaq.com and the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Nasdaq undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

    WEBSITE DISCLOSURE

    Nasdaq intends to use its website, https://ir.nasdaq.com/, as a means for disclosing material non-public information and for complying with SEC Regulation FD and other disclosure obligations.

    Media Relations Contact:

    David Lurie
    +1.914.538.0533
    David.Lurie@Nasdaq.com

    Investor Relations Contact:

    Ato Garrett
    +1.212.401.8737
    Ato.Garrett@Nasdaq.com

    -NDAQF-

    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
    (in millions, except per share amounts)
    (unaudited)
               
      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
      June 30,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
        2025       2024       2025       2024  
                     
    Revenues:              
    Capital Access Platforms $ 527     $ 481     $ 1,042     $ 960  
    Financial Technology   464       420       896       813  
    Market Services   1,090       883       2,224       1,678  
    Other Revenues   9       8       18       18  
      Total revenues   2,090       1,792       4,180       3,469  
    Transaction-based expenses:              
    Transaction rebates   (629 )     (483 )     (1,208 )     (965 )
    Brokerage, clearance and exchange fees   (155 )     (150 )     (429 )     (227 )
    Revenues less transaction-based expenses   1,306       1,159       2,543       2,277  
                   
    Operating Expenses:              
    Compensation and benefits   352       328       681       669  
    Professional and contract services   39       39       75       72  
    Technology and communication infrastructure   79       69       156       135  
    Occupancy   30       27       58       56  
    General, administrative and other   23       30       29       58  
    Marketing and advertising   14       12       28       23  
    Depreciation and amortization   158       153       313       308  
    Regulatory   14       18       29       28  
    Merger and strategic initiatives   20       4       44       13  
    Restructuring charges   9       56       15       82  
      Total operating expenses   738       736       1,428       1,444  
    Operating income   568       423       1,115       833  
    Interest income   12       6       24       12  
    Interest expense   (95 )     (102 )     (192 )     (211 )
    Net gain on divestitures   39             39        
    Other income   1       12             13  
    Net income from unconsolidated investees   23       2       50       6  
    Income before income taxes   548       341       1,036       653  
    Income tax provision   96       119       190       198  
    Net income   452       222       846       455  
    Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests               1       1  
    Net income attributable to Nasdaq $ 452     $ 222     $ 847     $ 456  
                   
    Per share information:              
    Basic earnings per share $ 0.79     $ 0.39     $ 1.47     $ 0.79  
    Diluted earnings per share $ 0.78     $ 0.38     $ 1.46     $ 0.79  
    Cash dividends declared per common share $ 0.27     $ 0.24     $ 0.51     $ 0.46  
                   
    Weighted-average common shares outstanding              
    for earnings per share:              
    Basic   574.1       576.4       574.6       575.9  
    Diluted   579.0       579.0       579.5       578.9  
                     
    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Revenue Detail
    (in millions)
    (unaudited)
                     
            Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
            June 30,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
              2025       2024       2025       2024  
                         
    CAPITAL ACCESS PLATFORMS              
      Data and Listing Services revenues $ 198     $ 187     $ 391     $ 372  
      Index revenues   196       167       388       336  
      Workflow and Insights revenues   133       127       263       252  
        Total Capital Access Platforms revenues   527       481       1,042       960  
                         
    FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY              
      Financial Crime Management Technology revenues   81       67       157       131  
      Regulatory Technology revenues   104       95       206       186  
      Capital Markets Technology revenues   279       258       533       496  
        Total Financial Technology revenues   464       420       896       813  
                         
    MARKET SERVICES              
      Market Services revenues   1,090       883       2,224       1,678  
      Transaction-based expenses:              
          Transaction rebates   (629 )     (483 )     (1,208 )     (965 )
          Brokerage, clearance and exchange fees   (155 )     (150 )     (429 )     (227 )
        Total Market Services revenues, net   306       250       587       486  
                         
    OTHER REVENUES   9       8       18       18  
                         
    REVENUES LESS TRANSACTION-BASED EXPENSES $ 1,306     $ 1,159     $ 2,543     $ 2,277  
                         
    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
    (in millions)
               
          June 30,   December 31,
            2025       2024  
    Assets   (unaudited)    
    Current assets:        
      Cash and cash equivalents   $ 732     $ 592  
      Restricted cash and cash equivalents     195       31  
      Default funds and margin deposits     5,218       5,664  
      Financial investments     84       184  
      Receivables, net     896       1,022  
      Other current assets     227       293  
    Total current assets     7,352       7,786  
    Property and equipment, net     656       593  
    Goodwill     14,328       13,957  
    Intangible assets, net     6,741       6,905  
    Operating lease assets     441       375  
    Other non-current assets     865       779  
    Total assets   $ 30,383     $ 30,395  
               
    Liabilities        
    Current liabilities:        
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 246     $ 269  
      Section 31 fees payable to SEC     411       319  
      Accrued personnel costs     280       325  
      Deferred revenue     848       711  
      Other current liabilities     154       215  
      Default funds and margin deposits     5,218       5,664  
      Short-term debt     500       399  
    Total current liabilities     7,657       7,902  
    Long-term debt     8,678       9,081  
    Deferred tax liabilities, net     1,540       1,594  
    Operating lease liabilities     453       388  
    Other non-current liabilities     237       230  
    Total liabilities     18,565       19,195  
             
    Commitments and contingencies        
    Equity        
    Nasdaq stockholders’ equity:        
      Common stock     6       6  
      Additional paid-in capital     5,425       5,530  
      Common stock in treasury, at cost     (706 )     (647 )
      Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (1,869 )     (2,099 )
      Retained earnings     8,955       8,401  
    Total Nasdaq stockholders’ equity     11,811       11,191  
      Noncontrolling interests     7       9  
    Total equity     11,818       11,200  
    Total liabilities and equity   $ 30,383     $ 30,395  
               
    Nasdaq, Inc.  
    Reconciliation of U.S. GAAP to Non-GAAP Net Income Attributable to Nasdaq and Diluted Earnings Per Share  
    (in millions, except per share amounts)  
    (unaudited)  
                         
                     
           Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended  
          June 30,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,  
            2025       2024       2025       2024    
                         
    U.S. GAAP net income attributable to Nasdaq   $ 452     $ 222     $ 847     $ 456    
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                  
      Amortization expense of acquired intangible assets (1)     122       122       243       244    
      Merger and strategic initiatives expense (2)     20       4       44       13    
      Restructuring charges (3)     9       56       15       82    
      Net gain on divestitures (4)     (39 )           (39 )        
      Net income from unconsolidated investees (5)     (23 )     (2 )     (50 )     (6 )  
      Gain on extinguishment of debt (6)                 (19 )        
      Legal and regulatory matters (7)     1       13       4       16    
      Pension settlement charge (8)                       23    
      Other loss (income) (9)     1       (10 )     1       (9 )  
      Total non-GAAP adjustments     91       183       199       363    
      Non-GAAP adjustment to the income tax provision (10)     (24 )     (41 )     (70 )     (88 )  
      Other tax adjustments (11)     (27 )     33       (27 )     33    
      Total non-GAAP adjustments, net of tax     40       175       102       308    
    Non-GAAP net income attributable to Nasdaq   $ 492     $ 397     $ 949     $ 764    
                         
    U.S. GAAP diluted earnings per share   $ 0.78     $ 0.38     $ 1.46     $ 0.79    
      Total adjustments from non-GAAP net income above     0.07       0.31       0.18       0.53    
    Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share   $ 0.85     $ 0.69     $ 1.64     $ 1.32    
                         
    Weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding for earnings per share:     579.0       579.0       579.5       578.9    
                         
                         
    (1) We amortize intangible assets acquired in connection with various acquisitions. Intangible asset amortization expense can vary from period to period due to episodic acquisitions completed, rather than from our ongoing business operations.  
    (2) We have pursued various strategic initiatives and completed acquisitions and divestitures in recent years that have resulted in expenses which would not have otherwise been incurred. These expenses generally include integration costs, as well as legal, due diligence and other third-party transaction costs. The frequency and the amount of such expenses vary significantly based on the size, timing and complexity of the transaction. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024, these costs included Adenza integration costs and other strategic initiative costs. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, these costs were partially offset by the recognition of a termination fee due to Nasdaq in the second quarter of 2024 related to the termination of the then proposed divestiture of our Nordic power futures business. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, these costs included a repayment of this fee due to the closing of the transaction with another buyer, as designated in the settlement agreement.  
    (3) For a description of our restructuring programs, see “Restructuring Programs” in the “Non-GAAP Information” section of this earnings release.  
    (4) For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, we recorded pre-tax net gains on the sale of our Nordic power futures business and our Nasdaq Risk Modelling for Catastrophes business, which are included in net gain on divestitures in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.  
    (5) We exclude our share of the earnings and losses of our equity method investments. This provides a more meaningful analysis of Nasdaq’s ongoing operating performance or comparisons in Nasdaq’s performance between periods.  
    (6) For the six months ended June 30, 2025, we recorded a gain on the extinguishment of debt. This gain is recorded in general, administrative and other expense in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.  
    (7) For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, this includes accruals relating to certain legal matters, which are recorded in professional and contract services in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, these items primarily included the settlement of a Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority, or SFSA, fine, which is recorded in regulatory expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.  
    (8) For the six months ended June 30, 2024, we recorded a pre-tax charge as a result of settling our U.S. pension plan. The plan was terminated and partially settled in 2023, with final settlement occurring during the first quarter of 2024. The loss was recorded in compensation and benefits in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.  
    (9) For the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, other items primarily include net gains from strategic investments entered into through our corporate venture program, which are included in other income in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.  
    (10) The non-GAAP adjustment to the income tax provision primarily includes the tax impact of each non-GAAP adjustment. For the six months ended June 30, 2025, this also includes a release of the prior year’s reserves following a favorable audit settlement.  
    (11) For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, we recorded a tax benefit related to payments made to certain former Adenza employees. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, other tax adjustments also includes a one-time net tax expense of $33 million related to the completion of an intra-group transfer of certain IP assets to our U.S. headquarters.  
                         
    Nasdaq, Inc.  
    Reconciliation of U.S. GAAP to Non-GAAP Operating Income and Operating Margin  
    (in millions)  
    (unaudited)  
                     
           Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended  
          June 30,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,  
            2025       2024       2025       2024    
                         
    U.S. GAAP operating income   $ 568     $ 423     $ 1,115     $ 833    
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                  
      Amortization expense of acquired intangible assets (1)     122       122       243       244    
      Merger and strategic initiatives expense (2)     20       4       44       13    
      Restructuring charges (3)     9       56       15       82    
      Gain on extinguishment of debt (4)                 (19 )        
      Legal and regulatory matters (5)     1       13       4       16    
      Pension settlement charge (6)                       23    
      Other loss     1       2       1       2    
      Total non-GAAP adjustments     153       197       288       380    
    Non-GAAP operating income   $ 721     $ 620     $ 1,403     $ 1,213    
                       
    Revenues less transaction-based expenses   $ 1,306     $ 1,159     $ 2,543     $ 2,277    
                         
    U.S. GAAP operating margin (7)     44 %     36 %     44 %     37 %  
                         
    Non-GAAP operating margin (8)     55 %     53 %     55 %     53 %  
                         
    Note: The current period percentages are calculated based on exact dollars, and therefore may not recalculate exactly using rounded numbers as presented in US$ millions.  
    (1) We amortize intangible assets acquired in connection with various acquisitions. Intangible asset amortization expense can vary from period to period due to episodic acquisitions completed, rather than from our ongoing business operations.  
    (2) We have pursued various strategic initiatives and completed acquisitions and divestitures in recent years that have resulted in expenses which would not have otherwise been incurred. These expenses generally include integration costs, as well as legal, due diligence and other third-party transaction costs. The frequency and the amount of such expenses vary significantly based on the size, timing and complexity of the transaction. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024, these costs included Adenza integration costs and other strategic initiative costs. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, these costs were partially offset by the recognition of a termination fee due to Nasdaq in the second quarter of 2024 related to the termination of the then proposed divestiture of our Nordic power futures business. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, these costs included a repayment of this fee due to the closing of the transaction with another buyer, as designated in the settlement agreement.  
    (3) For a description of our restructuring programs, see “Restructuring Programs” in the “Non-GAAP Information” section of this earnings release.  
    (4) For the six months ended June 30, 2025, we recorded a gain on the extinguishment of debt. This gain is recorded in general, administrative and other expense in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.  
    (5) For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, this includes accruals relating to certain legal matters, which are recorded in professional and contract services in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, these items primarily included the settlement of a SFSA fine, which is recorded in regulatory expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.  
    (6) For the six months ended June 30, 2024, we recorded a pre-tax charge as a result of settling our U.S. pension plan. The plan was terminated and partially settled in 2023, with final settlement occurring during the first quarter of 2024. The loss was recorded in compensation and benefits in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.  
    (7) U.S. GAAP operating margin equals U.S. GAAP operating income divided by revenues less transaction-based expenses.  
    (8) Non-GAAP operating margin equals non-GAAP operating income divided by revenues less transaction-based expenses.  
                         
    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Reconciliation of U.S. GAAP to Non-GAAP Operating Expenses
    (in millions)
    (unaudited)
                   
           Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
          June 30,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
            2025       2024       2025       2024  
                       
    U.S. GAAP operating expenses   $ 738     $ 736     $ 1,428     $ 1,444  
    Non-GAAP adjustments:                
      Amortization expense of acquired intangible assets (1)     (122 )     (122 )     (243 )     (244 )
      Merger and strategic initiatives expense (2)     (20 )     (4 )     (44 )     (13 )
      Restructuring charges (3)     (9 )     (56 )     (15 )     (82 )
      Gain on extinguishment of debt (4)                 19        
      Legal and regulatory matters (5)     (1 )     (13 )     (4 )     (16 )
      Pension settlement charge (6)                       (23 )
      Other loss     (1 )     (2 )     (1 )     (2 )
      Total non-GAAP adjustments     (153 )     (197 )     (288 )     (380 )
    Non-GAAP operating expenses   $ 585     $ 539     $ 1,140     $ 1,064  
                       
                       
    (1) We amortize intangible assets acquired in connection with various acquisitions. Intangible asset amortization expense can vary from period to period due to episodic acquisitions completed, rather than from our ongoing business operations.
    (2) We have pursued various strategic initiatives and completed acquisitions and divestitures in recent years that have resulted in expenses which would not have otherwise been incurred. These expenses generally include integration costs, as well as legal, due diligence and other third-party transaction costs. The frequency and the amount of such expenses vary significantly based on the size, timing and complexity of the transaction. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 and June 30, 2024, these costs included Adenza integration costs and other strategic initiative costs. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, these costs were partially offset by the recognition of a termination fee due to Nasdaq in the second quarter of 2024 related to the termination of the then proposed divestiture of our Nordic power futures business. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, these costs included a repayment of this fee due to the closing of the transaction with another buyer, as designated in the settlement agreement.
    (3) For a description of our restructuring programs, see “Restructuring Programs” in the “Non-GAAP Information” section of this earnings release.
    (4) For the six months ended June 30, 2025, we recorded a gain on the extinguishment of debt. This gain is recorded in general, administrative and other expense in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
    (5) For the three and six months ended June 30, 2025, this includes accruals relating to certain legal matters, which are recorded in professional and contract services in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2024, these items primarily included the settlement of a SFSA fine, which is recorded in regulatory expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
    (6) For the six months ended June 30, 2024, we recorded a pre-tax charge as a result of settling our U.S. pension plan. The plan was terminated and partially settled in 2023, with final settlement occurring during the first quarter of 2024. The loss was recorded in compensation and benefits in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income.
                       
    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Reconciliation of Organic Impacts for Revenues less transaction-based expenses, Non-GAAP Operating Expenses,
    Non-GAAP Operating Income, and Non-GAAP Diluted Earnings Per Share
    (in millions, except per share amounts)
    (unaudited)
                                   
                                   
      Three Months Ended   Total Variance   Other Impacts (1)   Adjusted/Organic
    Impact
    (2)
      June 30, 2025   June 30, 2024   $   %   $   %   $   %
    CAPITAL ACCESS PLATFORMS                              
    Data and Listing Services revenues $ 198   $ 187   $ 11   6 %   $ 3   2 %   $ 8   5 %
    Index revenues   196     167     29   17 %       %     29   17 %
    Workflow and Insights revenues   133     127     6   5 %     1   1 %     5   5 %
    Total Capital Access Platforms revenues   527     481     46   10 %     4   1 %     42   9 %
                                   
    FINANCIAL TECHNOLOGY                              
    Financial Crime Management Technology revenues   81     67     14   20 %       %     14   20 %
    Regulatory Technology revenues   104     95     9   10 %       (1 )%     9   11 %
    Capital Markets Technology revenues   279     258     21   8 %       %     21   8 %
    Total Financial Technology revenues   464     420     44   10 %       %     44   10 %
                                   
    Solutions revenues (3)   991     901     90   10 %     4   %     86   10 %
                                   
    Market Services, net revenues   306     250     56   22 %     4   2 %     52   21 %
                                   
    Other revenues   9     8     1   5 %       3 %     1   1 %
                                   
    Revenues less transaction-based expenses $ 1,306   $ 1,159   $ 147   13 %   $ 8   1 %   $ 139   12 %
                                   
    Non-GAAP Operating Expenses $ 585   $ 539   $ 46   9 %   $ 5   1 %   $ 41   8 %
                                   
    Non-GAAP Operating Income $ 721   $ 620   $ 101   16 %   $ 3   1 %   $ 98   16 %
                                   
    Non-GAAP diluted earnings per share $ 0.85   $ 0.69   $ 0.16   24 %   $   %   $ 0.16   24 %
                                   
                                   
    Note: The current period percentages are calculated based on exact dollars, and therefore may not recalculate exactly using rounded numbers as presented in US$ millions. The sum of the percentage changes may not tie to the percentage change in total variance due to rounding.
    (1) Reflects the impacts from changes in foreign currency exchange rates and the impact of a divestiture within Capital Markets Technology.
    (2) Adjusted and organic period over period change are calculated by (i) removing the impact of period-over-period changes in foreign currency exchange rates (ii) adjusting for the impact of a divestiture and (iii) adjusting for the impact of AxiomSL on-premises contracts for ratable recognition for 2Q24, which was immaterial during that period. Adjusted operating results also exclude the impact of the previously announced one-time revenue benefit in our Index business in 1Q24 ($16 million), which did not have an impact on our 2Q25 period over period change but does have an impact on year to date period over period results. Adjusted and organic changes are equivalent as they include the same period over period adjustments.
    (3) Represents Capital Access Platforms and Financial Technology segments.
                                   
    Nasdaq, Inc.
    Key Drivers Detail
    (unaudited)
                     
        Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
        June 30,   June 30,   June 30,   June 30,
          2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Capital Access Platforms              
      Annualized recurring revenues (in millions) (1) $ 1,315     $ 1,226     $ 1,315     $ 1,226  
      Initial public offerings              
      The Nasdaq Stock Market (2)   79       39       142       66  
      Exchanges that comprise Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic   6       5       10       6  
      Total new listings              
      The Nasdaq Stock Market (2)   194       84       364       163  
      Exchanges that comprise Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic (3)   6       10       15       12  
      Number of listed companies              
      The Nasdaq Stock Market (4)   4,238       4,004       4,238       4,004  
      Exchanges that comprise Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic (5)   1,148       1,198       1,148       1,198  
      Index              
      Number of licensed exchange traded products (6)   422       373       422       373  
      Period end ETP assets under management (AUM) tracking Nasdaq indexes (in billions) $ 745     $ 569     $ 745     $ 569  
      Total average ETP AUM tracking Nasdaq indexes (in billions) $ 663     $ 531     $ 662     $ 512  
      TTM (7) net inflows ETP AUM tracking Nasdaq indexes (in billions) $ 88     $ 53     $ 88     $ 53  
      TTM (7) net appreciation ETP AUM tracking Nasdaq indexes (in billions) $ 88     $ 115     $ 88     $ 115  
                     
    Financial Technology              
      Annualized recurring revenues (in millions) (1)              
      Financial Crime Management Technology $ 308     $ 258     $ 308     $ 258  
      Regulatory Technology   376       338       376       338  
      Capital Markets Technology   932       846       932       846  
      Total Financial Technology $ 1,616     $ 1,442     $ 1,616     $ 1,442  
                     
    Market Services              
      Equity Derivative Trading and Clearing              
      U.S. equity options              
      Total industry average daily volume (in millions)   52.5       42.1       53.0       42.7  
      Nasdaq PHLX matched market share   9.6 %     9.9 %     9.4 %     10.1 %
      The Nasdaq Options Market matched market share   4.3 %     5.5 %     4.7 %     5.4 %
      Nasdaq BX Options matched market share   1.7 %     2.3 %     1.7 %     2.3 %
      Nasdaq ISE Options matched market share   6.6 %     6.9 %     6.7 %     6.6 %
      Nasdaq GEMX Options matched market share   4.4 %     2.6 %     4.0 %     2.6 %
      Nasdaq MRX Options matched market share   2.8 %     2.1 %     2.8 %     2.3 %
      Total matched market share executed on Nasdaq’s exchanges   29.4 %     29.3 %     29.3 %     29.3 %
      Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic options and futures              
      Total average daily volume of options and futures contracts   223,450       251,677       240,133       246,527  
                     
      Cash Equity Trading              
      Total U.S.-listed securities              
      Total industry average daily share volume (in billions)   18.4       11.8       17.1       11.8  
      Matched share volume (in billions)   158.4       119.3       295.5       236.0  
      The Nasdaq Stock Market matched market share   13.5 %     15.6 %     13.8 %     15.7 %
      Nasdaq BX matched market share   0.3 %     0.3 %     0.3 %     0.3 %
      Nasdaq PSX matched market share   0.1 %     0.2 %     0.1 %     0.2 %
      Total matched market share executed on Nasdaq’s exchanges   13.9 %     16.1 %     14.2 %     16.2 %
      Market share reported to the FINRA/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility   47.7 %     42.9 %     47.9 %     42.2 %
      Total market share (8)   61.6 %     59.0 %     62.1 %     58.4 %
      Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic securities              
      Average daily number of equity trades executed on Nasdaq’s exchanges   804,121       663,897       796,426       665,183  
      Total average daily value of shares traded (in billions) $ 5.7     $ 4.7     $ 5.5     $ 4.7  
      Total market share executed on Nasdaq’s exchanges (9)   71.9 %     74.1 %     71.2 %     73.3 %
                     
                     
      (1) Annualized Recurring Revenue (ARR) for a given period is the current annualized value derived from subscription contracts with a defined contract value. This excludes contracts that are not recurring, are one-time in nature, or where the contract value fluctuates based on defined metrics. ARR is currently one of our key performance metrics to assess the health and trajectory of our recurring business. ARR does not have any standardized definition and is therefore unlikely to be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. ARR should be viewed independently of revenue and deferred revenue and is not intended to be combined with or to replace either of those items. For AxiomSL and Calypso recurring revenue contracts, the amount included in ARR is consistent with the amount that we invoice the customer during the current period. Additionally, for AxiomSL and Calypso recurring revenue contracts that include annual values that increase over time, we include in ARR only the annualized value of components of the contract that are considered active as of the date of the ARR calculation. We do not include the future committed increases in the contract value as of the date of the ARR calculation. ARR is not a forecast and the active contracts at the end of a reporting period used in calculating ARR may or may not be extended or renewed by our customers.
      (2) New listings include IPOs, issuers that switched from other listing venues, closed-end funds and separately listed ETPs. For the three months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, IPOs included 41 and 8 SPACs, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, IPOs included 59 and 13 SPACs, respectively.
      (3) New listings include IPOs and represent companies listed on the Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic exchanges and companies on the alternative markets of Nasdaq First North.
      (4) Number of total listings on The Nasdaq Stock Market for the three and six months ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 included 914 and 645 ETPs, respectively.
      (5) Represents companies listed on the Nasdaq Nordic and Nasdaq Baltic exchanges and companies on the alternative markets of Nasdaq First North.
      (6) The number of listed ETPs as of June 30, 2024 has been updated to reflect a revised methodology whereby an ETP listed on multiple exchanges is counted as one product, rather than formerly being counted per exchange. This change had no impact on reported AUM.
      (7) Trailing 12-months.
      (8) Includes transactions executed on The Nasdaq Stock Market’s, Nasdaq BX’s and Nasdaq PSX’s systems plus trades reported through the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority/Nasdaq Trade Reporting Facility.
      (9) European cash equities markets include cash equities exchanges of Sweden, Denmark, Finland, and Iceland. Minor adjustments to prior periods reflect data from a new consolidated data provider that accurately captures all primary trading venues and Multilateral Trading Facilities, or MTFs.
                     

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Xtract One Secures SmartGateway Contract with Global Performing Arts Company Famous for Live Entertainment

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Xtract One Technologies (TSX: XTRA)(OTCQX: XTRAF)(FRA: 0PL) (“Xtract One” or the “Company”) today announced its SmartGateway screening solution has been chosen by a leading, global performing arts company, known for permanent and touring live entertainment, to amplify security for its shows. The initial deployment will support a number of the organization’s touring performances across dozens of venue locations beginning earlier in 2025. Further deployments are in planning for later in 2025 and into 2026.

    Following a thorough evaluation of available solutions and trial period with a single show with SmartGateway, the entertainment organization selected Xtract One for its enhanced weapons detection capabilities, streamlined entrance experience, flexibility and portability to address the dynamic and changing needs of a tour environment, and seamless integration into existing business security protocols. This deployment sets a new benchmark for safety and innovation in the entertainment industry, spanning live shows, multimedia productions, and immersive experiences. It also reinforces Xtract One’s position as a leader in providing outstanding guest experience, operational simplicity and flexibility, and a solution that can deliver against a globally diverse set of security needs.

    “In the world of live entertainment, brand experience is a key priority. These are immersive experiences where the first brand moment occurs at the entry to the venue. Well executed security changes the security guard to the first brand ambassador that a guest encounters, and their first brand experience” said Peter Evans, CEO of Xtract One. “We’re proud to be working with another major player in the entertainment field, delivering next-generation security solutions that meet the demands of large-scale complex events in a myriad of deployment applications. These deployments demonstrate an exciting opportunity to combine our technological expertise with their creative vision, ensuring safe, seamless experiences for all audience members throughout the world.”

    SmartGateway revolutionizes security by delivering fast, reliable, and accurate patron screening for high-throughput venues. This concealed weapons detection solution discreetly scans individuals for weapons and prohibited items upon entry by leveraging AI-powered sensors that detect threats without the need for patrons to remove personal items. The advanced system replaces intimidating and traditional metal detectors to ensure that patron privacy and comfort are not compromised, all while maximizing security screening efforts. The Company’s Multi-Sensor Gateway portfolio has been awarded the U.S. Department of Homeland Security DHS SAFETY Act Designation as a Qualified Anti-Terrorism Technology (QATT), highlighting the efficacy of Xtract One’s innovative security solutions in safeguarding public spaces against modern threats.

    To learn more, visit www.xtractone.com.

    About Xtract One
    Xtract One Technologies is a leading technology-driven provider of threat detection and security solutions leveraging AI to deliver seamless and secure experiences. The Company makes unobtrusive weapons and threat detection systems that enable facility operators to prioritize and deliver improved “Walk-right-In” experiences while providing unprecedented safety. Xtract One’s innovative portfolio of AI-powered Gateway solutions excels at allowing facilities to discreetly screen and identify weapons and other threats at points of entry and exit without disrupting the flow of traffic. With solutions built to serve the unique market needs for schools, hospitals, arenas, stadiums, manufacturing, distribution, and other customers, Xtract One is recognized as a market leader delivering the highest security in combination with the best individual experience. For more information, visit www.xtractone.com or connect on Facebook, X, and LinkedIn.

    About Threat Detection Systems
    Xtract One solutions, when properly configured, deployed, and utilized, are designed to help enhance safety and reduce threats. Given the wide range of potential threats in today’s world, no threat detection system is 100% effective. Xtract One solutions should be utilized as one element in a multilayered approach to physical security.

    Forward Looking Statements
    This news release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of applicable securities laws. All statements that are not historical facts, including without limitation, statements regarding future estimates, plans, programs, forecasts, projections, objectives, assumptions, expectations or beliefs of future performance, are “forward-looking statements”. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as “plans”, “expects” or “does not expect”, “is expected”, “estimates”, “intends”, “anticipates” or “does not anticipate”, or “believes”, or variations of such words and phrases or statements that certain actions, events or results “may”, “could”, “would”, “might” or “will” be taken, occur or be achieved. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, events or developments to be materially different from any future results, events or developments expressed or implied by such forward looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the risks detailed from time to time in the continuous disclosure filings made by the Company with securities regulations. These factors should be considered carefully, and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. Although the Company has attempted to identify important risk factors that could cause actual actions, events or results to differ materially from those described in forward-looking statements, there may be other risk factors that cause actions, events or results to differ from those anticipated, estimated or intended. There can be no assurance that forward-looking statements will prove to be accurate, as actual results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements. The Company has no obligation to update any forward looking statement, even if new information becomes available as a result of future events, new information or for any other reason except as required by law.

    For further information, please contact:
    Xtract One Inquiries: info@xtractone.com, http://www.xtractone.com
    Investor Relations: Chris Witty, Darrow Associates, cwitty@darrowir.com, 646-438-9385
    Media Contact: Kristen Aikey, JMG Public Relations, kristen@jmgpr.com, 212-206-1645

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: MEXC Celebrates StablR Euro (EURR) Listing with Exclusive Launchpool Event Featuring 85,000 USDT

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    VICTORIA, Seychelles, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — MEXC, a leading global cryptocurrency exchange, today announced it will launch a special Launchpool event to mark the listing of StablR Euro (EURR), a Euro-backed stablecoin. The event will run from July 24, 11:00 to July 28, 11:00 (UTC) and offers users the opportunity to share an 85,000 USDT prize pool. Participation is open to both new and existing users.

    About StablR Euro (EURR)

    StablR Euro (EURR) represents a significant addition to MEXC’s expanding stablecoin offerings. This Euro-backed digital asset maintains a 1:1 peg with the Euro and is fully redeemable, backed by fiat currency and short-term government bonds. With a total supply of 6,325,084 EURR, the stablecoin serves as a digital alternative to traditional money, offering enhanced efficiency, security, and accessibility for users worldwide.

    The stablecoin addresses multiple use cases including faster cross-border payments, international trade facilitation, and supporting more flexible financial systems. As a reliable store of value and medium of exchange, EURR provides European users and global traders with direct exposure to Euro-denominated digital assets without the volatility typically associated with cryptocurrencies.

    Launchpool Event Highlights

    Event 1: Launchpool – Stake USDT, MX, EURR to Share 70,000 USDT
    Users can stake USDT, MX, or EURR to share 70,000 USDT in rewards. The USDT staking pool, offering the largest 50,000 USDT prize, is exclusively available to new users. Each pool features distinct reward caps and staking limits, giving users flexible ways to participate. Additionally, users staking MX tokens can earn bonus airdrops through MEXC’s Kickstarter events, unlocking double rewards.

    Event 2: Invite New Users & Share 15,000 USDT
    In addition, users can invite friends to join MEXC and earn up to 400 USDT in referral rewards—20 USDT per successful invite, capped at 20 invites per user. Rewards are distributed on a first-come, first-served basis.

    Complete event details are available on the MEXC platform.

    MEXC’s User-Centric Commitment

    This event reflects MEXC’s user-centric philosophy and demonstrates its determination to create a convenient and mutually beneficial trading environment for the global community. With rapid listing efficiency, comprehensive selection of over 3,000 digital assets, daily airdrop benefits, industry-leading liquidity, low trading fees, and robust security infrastructure, MEXC has earned the trust of over 40 million users worldwide. In the future, MEXC will continue to uphold its user-centric values while delivering cutting-edge trading solutions and community benefits.

    About MEXC
    Founded in 2018, MEXC is committed to being “Your Easiest Way to Crypto.” Serving over 40 million users across 170+ countries, MEXC is known for its broad selection of trending tokens, everyday airdrop opportunities, and low trading fees. Our user-friendly platform is designed to support both new traders and experienced investors, offering secure and efficient access to digital assets. MEXC prioritizes simplicity and innovation, making crypto trading more accessible and rewarding.
    MEXC Official WebsiteXTelegramHow to Sign Up on MEXC

    Risk Disclaimer:
    The information provided in this article regarding cryptocurrencies does not constitute investment advice. Given the highly volatile nature of the cryptocurrency market, investors are encouraged to carefully assess market fluctuations, the fundamentals of projects, and potential financial risks before making any trading decisions.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/92cdf20d-c8fa-4de9-a88d-c7fd5b975478

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Quality Clouds Launches AI Quality Shield for Technology Services Companies to Empower Enterprise Clients with AI Readiness and Orchestration

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LONDON, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Quality Clouds, a provider of software governance solutions trusted by companies like JPMorgan Chase, Shell, Barclays, and BP, today announced the launch of AI Quality Shield, a new governance suite designed to assist technology services leaders in achieving successful AI transformations for their enterprise clients. This broadens Quality Clouds’ established software governance toolset to address the growing demand for enterprise AI readiness and growth.

    While the potential of AI is widely acknowledged, many enterprise AI initiatives have yet to deliver substantial impact. Recent industry reports highlight this challenge, with Accenture disclosing that only 15% of companies are “AI reinvention-ready” and McKinsey noting that only 1% of enterprises view their generative AI strategies as mature. This “Gen AI Paradox” underscores a critical need for a robust foundation to scale AI effectively.

    Technology services companies agree that enterprise clients need to reengineer their digital foundation of technology and processes to build the necessary capabilities, security, and organizational trust for an effective AI journey.

    Recognizing that governance is a major component of this AI-ready foundation, AI Quality Shield automates governance across key phases of AI transformations:

    • Readiness: Quality Clouds provides environment diagnostics and assessment scoring, enabling partners and their clients to safely prepare for AI adoption.
    • Growth: The suite offers ongoing governance, helping end-customers confidently deploy and evolve AI systems at scale.

    “Forward-thinking technology services companies are developing programs to help their enterprise clients transition into AI-first businesses,” said Adrian Serle, Chief Executive Officer of Quality Clouds. “Our new AI Quality Shield builds upon our legacy of enterprise software governance to provide our partners with the AI Readiness and Growth automation necessary to accelerate outcomes and achieve the transformative goals for their clients.”

    About Quality Clouds

    Quality Clouds provides an industry-leading independent governance layer for enterprise software platforms, empowering organizations to manage and mitigate risk across their DevOps and AI initiatives. Trusted by Fortune 500 companies and leading technology services providers, Quality Clouds’ solutions offer comprehensive visibility into code, configuration, and technical debt. By extending its capabilities to include AI readiness and ongoing governance, Quality Clouds empowers enterprises to achieve secure, compliant, and scalable innovation throughout their DevOps and AI transformation journeys.

    QualityClouds.com/aiqualityshield

    A video accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/44735b9c-dff2-4ed9-a98e-31ff72c335cf

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Valley National Bancorp Announces Second Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Valley National Bancorp (NASDAQ:VLY), the holding company for Valley National Bank, today reported net income for the second quarter 2025 of $133.2 million, or $0.22 per diluted common share, as compared to the first quarter 2025 net income of $106.1 million, or $0.18 per diluted common share, and net income of $70.4 million, or $0.13 per diluted common share, for the second quarter 2024. Excluding all non-core income and charges, our adjusted net income (a non-GAAP measure) was $134.4 million, or $0.23 per diluted common share, for the second quarter 2025, $106.1 million, or $0.18 per diluted common share, for the first quarter 2025, and $71.6 million, or $0.13 per diluted common share, for the second quarter 2024. See further details below, including a reconciliation of our non-GAAP adjusted net income, in the “Consolidated Financial Highlights” tables.

    Ira Robbins, CEO, commented, “I am pleased by the continued balance sheet strength and commercial loan growth exhibited during the second quarter. Our profitability metrics are trending positively, consistent with our expectations for improvement throughout the year. We remain focused on growing low-cost deposits, which we expect will support our aspirations in 2025 and beyond.”

    Mr. Robbins continued, “Our quarterly credit results continued to improve as illustrated by the significant reduction in our provision for loan losses on both a quarter-over-quarter and year-over-year basis. Our allowance coverage ratio remains at a comfortable level, and we expect general stability going forward.”

    Key financial highlights for the second quarter 2025:

    • Net Interest Income and Margin: Our net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis increased by 5 basis points to 3.01 percent in the second quarter 2025 as compared to 2.96 percent for the first quarter 2025. Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis of $433.7 million for the second quarter 2025 increased $12.3 million compared to the first quarter 2025 and increased $30.7 million as compared to the second quarter 2024. The increase in net interest income from the first quarter 2025 was mainly driven by higher yields on new loan originations, increases in average loans and taxable investments and one additional day during the second quarter 2025. See additional details in the “Net Interest Income and Margin” section below.
    • Loan Portfolio: Total loans increased $734.3 million, or 6.0 percent on an annualized basis, to $49.4 billion at June 30, 2025 from March 31, 2025 mostly due to increases of $719.8 million and $137.6 million in commercial and industrial (C&I) and automobile loans, respectively. Total commercial real estate (CRE) loans (including construction loans) decreased $288.6 million from March 31, 2025 largely due to normal repayments and continued selective origination activity. As a result, our CRE loan concentration ratio (defined as total commercial real estate loans held for investment and held for sale, excluding owner occupied loans, as a percentage of total risk-based capital) declined to approximately 349 percent at June 30, 2025 from 353 percent at March 31, 2025. See the “Loans” section below for more details.
    • Allowance and Provision for Credit Losses for Loans: The allowance for credit losses for loans totaled $594.0 million and $594.1 million at June 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, respectively, representing 1.20 percent and 1.22 percent of total loans at each respective date. During the second quarter 2025, we recorded a provision for credit losses for loans of $37.8 million as compared to $62.7 million and $82.1 million for the first quarter 2025 and second quarter 2024, respectively. See the “Credit Quality” section below for more details.
    • Credit Quality: Net loan charge-offs totaled $37.8 million for the second quarter 2025 as compared to $41.9 million and $36.8 million for the first quarter 2025 and second quarter 2024, respectively. Non-accrual loans totaled $354.4 million, or 0.72 percent of total loans, at June 30, 2025 as compared to $346.5 million, or 0.71 percent of total loans, at March 31, 2025. Total accruing past due loans (i.e., loans past due 30 days or more and still accruing interest) increased $147.5 million to $199.2 million, or 0.40 percent of total loans, at June 30, 2025 as compared to $51.7 million, or 0.11 percent of total loans, at March 31, 2025. The majority of this increase related to three CRE loans, of which two were no longer past due in July 2025. See the “Credit Quality” section below for more details.
    • Deposits: Total deposit balances increased $759.4 million to $50.7 billion at June 30, 2025 as compared to $50.0 billion at March 31, 2025 mainly due to increases in both direct and indirect (brokered) customer time deposits during the second quarter 2025, partially offset by the outflows of certain indirect customer deposits in the savings, NOW and money market deposit category. Non-interest bearing deposits increased $118.2 million to $11.7 billion at June 30, 2025 from March 31, 2025. See the “Deposits” section below for more details.
    • Subordinated Debt Redemptions: On June 15, 2025, we redeemed in full $115 million of 5.25 percent fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes issued in June 2020 and due in June 2030. The transaction was accounted for as an early debt extinguishment and resulted in a $922 thousand pre-tax loss reported within non-interest expense for the second quarter 2025. In addition, we repaid $100 million of 4.55 percent fixed rate subordinated notes that matured on June 30, 2025.
    • Non-Interest Income: Non-interest income increased $4.3 million to $62.6 million for the second quarter 2025 as compared to the first quarter 2025 mainly due to increases of $2.8 million and $2.0 million in capital markets income and service charges on deposit accounts, respectively. The increase in capital markets income was largely driven by a higher volume of interest rate swap transactions executed for commercial loan customers during the second quarter 2025.
    • Non-Interest Expense: Non-interest expense increased $7.5 million to $284.1 million for the second quarter 2025 as compared to the first quarter 2025 largely due to an increase of $4.3 million in professional and legal fees driven by higher consulting and legal expenses. Salary and employee benefits expense also increased $2.8 million from the first quarter 2025 mainly due to annual salary merit increases late in the first quarter 2025 and higher cash incentive compensation and severance related expenses. These items were partially offset by lower payroll taxes.
    • Efficiency Ratio: Our efficiency ratio was 55.20 percent for the second quarter 2025 as compared to 55.87 percent and 59.62 percent for the first quarter 2025 and second quarter 2024, respectively. See the “Consolidated Financial Highlights” tables below for additional information regarding our non-GAAP measures.
    • Performance Ratios: Annualized return on average assets (ROA), shareholders’ equity (ROE) and tangible ROE were 0.86 percent, 7.08 percent and 9.62 percent for the second quarter 2025, respectively. Annualized ROA, ROE, and tangible ROE, adjusted for non-core income and charges, were 0.87 percent, 7.15 percent and 9.71 percent for the second quarter 2025, respectively. See the “Consolidated Financial Highlights” tables below for additional information regarding our non-GAAP measures.

    Net Interest Income and Margin

    Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis of $433.7 million for the second quarter 2025 increased $12.3 million compared to the first quarter 2025 and increased $30.7 million as compared to the second quarter 2024. Interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased $20.3 million to $806.3 million for the second quarter 2025 as compared to the first quarter 2025. The increase was mostly driven by (i) higher yields on new loan originations, (ii) increased average loan balances driven by new organic loan originations largely within the C&I loan portfolio, (iii) additional interest income from purchases of taxable investments mainly within the available for sale portfolio during the first half of 2025 and (iv) one additional day in the second quarter 2025. Total interest expense increased $8.0 million to $372.6 million for the second quarter 2025 as compared to the first quarter 2025 largely due to (i) a $548.7 million increase in average time deposit balances, (ii) the increased cost of certain non-maturity deposits and (iii) the aforementioned increase in day count. See the “Deposits” and “Other Borrowings” sections below for more details.

    Net interest margin on a tax equivalent basis of 3.01 percent for the second quarter 2025 increased by 5 basis points from 2.96 percent for the first quarter 2025 and increased 17 basis points from 2.84 percent for the second quarter 2024. The increase as compared to the first quarter 2025 was mostly due to the 7 basis point increase in the yield on average interest earning assets largely caused by higher interest rates on new loan originations in the second quarter 2025 and higher yielding investment purchases. The overall cost of average interest bearing liabilities increased 2 basis points to 3.56 percent for the second quarter 2025 as compared to the first quarter 2025 mostly due to higher interest rates on certain non-maturity deposit products, partially offset by a lower overall cost of time deposits driven by both new volumes and maturities. Our cost of total average deposits was 2.67 percent for the second quarter 2025 as compared to 2.65 percent and 3.18 percent for the first quarter 2025 and the second quarter 2024, respectively.

    Loans, Deposits and Other Borrowings

    Loans. Total loans increased $734.3 million, or 6.0 percent on an annualized basis, to $49.4 billion at June 30, 2025 from March 31, 2025 mainly due to increases in the C&I and automobile loan portfolios, partially offset by lower CRE loan balances. C&I loans grew by $719.8 million, or 28.4 percent on an annualized basis, to $10.9 billion at June 30, 2025 from March 31, 2025 largely due to our continued strategic focus on organic growth within this category. Automobile loans increased by $137.6 million, or 27.0 percent on an annualized basis, to $2.2 billion at June 30, 2025 from March 31, 2025 mainly due to high quality consumer demand generated by our indirect auto dealer network and low prepayment activity within the portfolio. Residential mortgage loans also moderately increased $73.6 million to $5.7 billion at June 30, 2025 from March 31, 2025 as new loan originations outpaced repayment activity. Total CRE (including construction) loans decreased $288.6 million to $28.8 billion at June 30, 2025 from March 31, 2025. The decrease was largely driven by runoff from repayment activity and our efforts to focus new CRE loan originations on more profitable holistic banking clients. Additionally, construction loans decreased $172.1 million to $2.9 billion at June 30, 2025 from March 31, 2025 mainly due to the migration of completed projects to permanent financing within the multifamily loan category of the CRE loan portfolio during the second quarter 2025.

    Deposits. Actual ending balances for deposits increased $759.4 million to $50.7 billion at June 30, 2025 from March 31, 2025 due to increases of $962.9 million and $118.2 million in time deposits and non-interest bearing deposits, respectively, partially offset by a $321.6 million decrease in savings, NOW and money market deposit balances. The increase in time deposit balances was mainly driven by continued deposit inflows from new promotional retail CD offerings and additional fully-insured indirect (i.e., brokered) customer CDs during the second quarter 2025. The increase in non-interest bearing deposit balances was mostly due to higher commercial customer deposit inflows in the second quarter 2025. Savings, NOW and money market deposit balances decreased at June 30, 2025 from March 31, 2025 largely due to lower indirect customer deposits, as well as some seasonal runoff in governmental deposits account balances. Total indirect customer deposits (including both brokered money market and time deposits) totaled $6.5 billion and $6.3 billion at June 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, respectively. Non-interest bearing deposits; savings, NOW and money market deposits; and time deposits represented approximately 23 percent, 52 percent and 25 percent of total deposits as of June 30, 2025, respectively, as compared to 23 percent, 53 percent and 24 percent of total deposits as of March 31, 2025, respectively.

    Other Borrowings. Short-term borrowings, consisting of securities sold under agreements to repurchase and FHLB advances, increased $103.2 million to $162.2 million at June 30, 2025 from March 31, 2025 largely due to an increase in FHLB advances. Long-term borrowings totaled $2.9 billion at June 30, 2025 and remained relatively unchanged as compared to March 31, 2025. In June 2025, we fully redeemed $215 million of subordinated notes that were mostly offset by the issuance of new long-term FHLB advances during the second quarter 2025.

    Credit Quality

    Non-Performing Assets (NPAs). Total NPAs, consisting of non-accrual loans, other real estate owned (OREO) and other repossessed assets, increased $4.6 million to $360.8 million at June 30, 2025 as compared to March 31, 2025. Non-accrual loans increased $7.9 million to $354.4 million at June 30, 2025 as compared to $346.5 million at March 31, 2025 mainly because of a net increase in non-performing CRE loans during the second quarter 2025, which was partially offset by a decline in non-performing C&I loans. Non-accrual C&I loans decreased largely due to the full charge-offs of four loan relationships totaling $17.4 million during the second quarter 2025. Non-accrual loans represented 0.72 percent of total loans at June 30, 2025 as compared to 0.71 percent of total loans at March 31, 2025. OREO decreased $2.9 million to $4.8 million at June 30, 2025 from March 31, 2025 mostly due to the fair valuation write-down related to one CRE property recorded during the second quarter 2025.

    Accruing Past Due Loans. Total accruing past due loans (i.e., loans past due 30 days or more and still accruing interest) increased $147.5 million to $199.2 million, or 0.40 percent of total loans, at June 30, 2025 as compared to $51.7 million, or 0.11 percent of total loans, at March 31, 2025.

    Loans 30 to 59 days past due increased $89.5 million to $123.0 million at June 30, 2025 as compared to March 31, 2025 due, in large part, to one $39.2 million CRE loan and one $35.0 million construction loan included in this early stage delinquency category at June 30, 2025. The $39.2 million CRE loan 30 to 59 days past due was subsequently paid in full by the borrower in July 2025. Loans 60 to 89 days past due increased $62.8 million to $73.3 million at June 30, 2025 as compared to March 31, 2025 mainly due to a $60.6 million CRE loan. This past due loan was subsequently modified and was brought current to its restructured terms in July 2025. Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest decreased $4.8 million to $2.9 million at June 30, 2025 as compared to March 31, 2025 mainly due to a decrease in residential mortgage loan delinquencies. All loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest are well-secured and in the process of collection.

    Allowance for Credit Losses for Loans and Unfunded Commitments. The following table summarizes the allocation of the allowance for credit losses to loan categories and the allocation as a percentage of each loan category at June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025 and June 30, 2024:

        June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
            Allocation       Allocation       Allocation
            as a % of       as a % of       as a % of
        Allowance   Loan   Allowance   Loan   Allowance   Loan
      Allocation   Category   Allocation   Category   Allocation   Category
      ($ in thousands)
    Loan Category:                      
    Commercial and industrial loans $ 173,415   1.60 %   $ 184,700   1.82 %   $ 149,243   1.57 %
    Commercial real estate loans:                      
      Commercial real estate   270,937   1.04       266,938   1.02       246,316   0.87  
      Construction   64,042   2.24       54,724   1.81       54,777   1.54  
    Total commercial real estate loans   334,979   1.16       321,662   1.10       301,093   0.95  
    Residential mortgage loans   48,830   0.86       48,906   0.87       47,697   0.85  
    Consumer loans:                      
      Home equity   3,689   0.58       3,401   0.56       3,077   0.54  
      Auto and other consumer   18,587   0.55       19,531   0.62       18,200   0.63  
    Total consumer loans   22,276   0.56       22,932   0.61       21,277   0.62  
    Allowance for loan losses   579,500   1.17       578,200   1.19       519,310   1.03  
    Allowance for unfunded credit commitments   14,520         15,854         13,231    
    Total allowance for credit losses for loans $ 594,020       $ 594,054       $ 532,541    
    Allowance for credit losses for loans as a % of total loans     1.20 %       1.22 %       1.06 %

    Our loan portfolio, totaling $49.4 billion at June 30, 2025, had net loan charge-offs totaling $37.8 million for the second quarter 2025 as compared to $41.9 million and $36.8 million for the first quarter 2025 and the second quarter 2024, respectively. Gross loan charge-offs totaled $42.1 million for the second quarter 2025 and included $23.1 million of partial and full charge-offs related to five non-performing C&I loan relationships with combined specific reserves of $11.2 million at March 31, 2025.

    The allowance for credit losses for loans, comprised of our allowance for loan losses and unfunded credit commitments, as a percentage of total loans was 1.20 percent at June 30, 2025, 1.22 percent at March 31, 2025, and 1.06 percent at June 30, 2024. For the second quarter 2025, the provision for credit losses for loans totaled $37.8 million as compared to $62.7 million and $82.1 million for the first quarter 2025 and second quarter 2024, respectively. The second quarter 2025 provision reflects, among other factors, the impact of loan growth mainly within the C&I loan portfolio and loan charge-offs, partially offset by a decline in quantitative reserves in certain loan categories and lower specific reserves associated with collateral dependent loans at June 30, 2025.

    Capital Adequacy

    Valley’s total risk-based capital, Tier 1 capital, common equity tier 1 capital, and Tier 1 leverage capital ratios were 13.67 percent, 11.57 percent, 10.85 percent and 9.49 percent, respectively, at June 30, 2025 as compared to 13.91 percent, 11.53 percent, 10.80 percent and 9.41 percent, respectively, at March 31, 2025. The reduction in our total risk-based capital ratio reflects the early redemption of our $115 million of 5.25 percent fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes due in June 2030, which was previously eligible for full regulatory capital treatment.

    Investor Conference Call

    Valley’s CEO, Ira Robbins, will host a conference call with investors and the financial community at 11:00 AM (ET) today to discuss Valley’s second quarter 2025 earnings. Interested parties should preregister using this link: https://register.vevent.com/register to receive the dial-in number and a personal PIN, which are required to access the conference call. The teleconference will also be webcast live: https://edge.media-server.com and archived on Valley’s website through Monday, August 25, 2025. Investor presentation materials will be made available prior to the conference call at valley.com.

    About Valley

    As the principal subsidiary of Valley National Bancorp, Valley National Bank is a regional bank with approximately $63 billion in assets. Valley is committed to giving people and businesses the power to succeed. Valley operates many convenient branch locations and commercial banking offices across New Jersey, New York, Florida, Alabama, California, and Illinois, and is committed to providing the most convenient service, the latest innovations and an experienced and knowledgeable team dedicated to meeting customer needs. Helping communities grow and prosper is the heart of Valley’s corporate citizenship philosophy. To learn more about Valley, go to valley.com or call our Customer Care Center at 800-522-4100.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    The foregoing contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are not historical facts and include expressions about management’s confidence and strategies and management’s expectations about our business, new and existing programs and products, acquisitions, relationships, opportunities, taxation, technology, market conditions and economic expectations. These statements may be identified by such forward-looking terminology as “intend,” “should,” “expect,” “believe,” “view,” “opportunity,” “allow,” “continues,” “reflects,” “would,” “could,” “typically,” “usually,” “anticipate,” “may,” “estimate,” “outlook,” “project” or similar statements or variations of such terms. Such forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

    • the impact of market interest rates and monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. federal government and its agencies in connection with prolonged inflationary pressures, which could have a material adverse effect on our clients, our business, our employees, and our ability to provide services to our customers;
    • the impact of unfavorable macroeconomic conditions or downturns, including instability or volatility in financial markets resulting from the impact of tariffs, any retaliatory actions, related market uncertainty, or other factors; U.S. government debt default or rating downgrade; unanticipated loan delinquencies; loss of collateral; decreased service revenues; increased business disruptions or failures; reductions in employment; and other potential negative effects on our business, employees or clients caused by factors outside of our control, such as new legislation and policy changes under the current U.S. presidential administration, geopolitical instabilities or events, natural and other disasters, including severe weather events, health emergencies, acts of terrorism, or other external events;
    • the impact of any potential instability within the U.S. financial sector or future bank failures, including the possibility of a run on deposits by a coordinated deposit base, and the impact of the actual or perceived concerns regarding the soundness, or creditworthiness, of other financial institutions, including any resulting disruption within the financial markets, increased expenses, including Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessments, or adverse impact on our stock price, deposits or our ability to borrow or raise capital;
    • the impact of negative public opinion regarding Valley or banks in general that damages our reputation and adversely impacts business and revenues;
    • changes in the statutes, regulations, policies, or enforcement priorities of the federal bank regulatory agencies;
    • the loss of or decrease in lower-cost funding sources within our deposit base;
    • damage verdicts, settlements or restrictions related to existing or potential class action litigation or individual litigation arising from claims of violations of laws or regulations, contractual claims, breach of fiduciary responsibility, negligence, fraud, environmental laws, patent, trademark or other intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation, employment related claims, and other matters;
    • a prolonged downturn and contraction in the economy, as well as an unexpected decline in commercial real estate values collateralizing a significant portion of our loan portfolio;
    • higher or lower than expected income tax expense or tax rates, including increases or decreases resulting from changes in uncertain tax position liabilities, tax laws, regulations, and case law;
    • the inability to grow customer deposits to keep pace with the level of loan growth;
    • a material change in our allowance for credit losses due to forecasted economic conditions and/or unexpected credit deterioration in our loan and investment portfolios;
    • the need to supplement debt or equity capital to maintain or exceed internal capital thresholds;
    • changes in our business, strategy, market conditions or other factors that may negatively impact the estimated fair value of our goodwill and other intangible assets and result in future impairment charges;
    • greater than expected technology-related costs due to, among other factors, prolonged or failed implementations, additional project staffing and obsolescence caused by continuous and rapid market innovations;
    • increased competitive challenges, including our ability to stay current with rapid technological changes in the financial services industry;
    • cyberattacks, ransomware attacks, computer viruses, malware or other cybersecurity incidents that may breach the security of our websites or other systems or networks to obtain unauthorized access to personal, confidential, proprietary or sensitive information, destroy data, disable or degrade service, or sabotage our systems or networks, and the increasing sophistication of such attacks;
    • results of examinations by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), the Federal Reserve Bank, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and other regulatory authorities, including the possibility that any such regulatory authority may, among other things, require us to increase our allowance for credit losses, write-down assets, reimburse customers, change the way we do business, or limit or eliminate certain other banking activities;
    • application of the OCC heightened regulatory standards for certain large insured national banks, and the expenses we will incur to develop policies, programs, and systems that comply with the enhanced standards applicable to us;
    • our inability or determination not to pay dividends at current levels, or at all, because of inadequate earnings, regulatory restrictions or limitations, changes in our capital requirements, or a decision to increase capital by retaining more earnings;
    • unanticipated loan delinquencies, loss of collateral, decreased service revenues, and other potential negative effects on our business caused by severe weather, pandemics or other public health crises, acts of terrorism or other external events;
    • our ability to successfully execute our business plan and strategic initiatives; and
    • unexpected significant declines in the loan portfolio due to the lack of economic expansion, increased competition, large prepayments, risk mitigation strategies, changes in regulatory lending guidance or other factors.

    A detailed discussion of factors that could affect our results is included in our SEC filings, including Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024.

    We undertake no duty to update any forward-looking statement to conform the statement to actual results or changes in our expectations, except as required by law. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

    -Tables to Follow-

    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data and stock price)   2025       2025       2024       2025       2024  
    FINANCIAL DATA:                  
    Net interest income – FTE (1) $ 433,675     $ 421,378     $ 402,984     $ 855,052     $ 797,831  
    Net interest income $ 432,408     $ 420,105     $ 401,685     $ 852,513     $ 795,233  
    Non-interest income   62,604       58,294       51,213       120,898       112,628  
    Total revenue   495,012       478,399       452,898       973,411       907,861  
    Non-interest expense   284,122       276,618       277,497       560,740       557,807  
    Pre-provision net revenue   210,890       201,781       175,401       412,671       350,054  
    Provision for credit losses   37,799       62,661       82,070       100,460       127,270  
    Income tax expense   39,924       33,062       22,907       72,986       56,080  
    Net income   133,167       106,058       70,424       239,225       166,704  
    Dividends on preferred stock   6,948       6,955       4,108       13,903       8,227  
    Net income available to common shareholders $ 126,219     $ 99,103     $ 66,316     $ 225,322     $ 158,477  
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:                  
    Basic   560,336,610       559,613,272       509,141,252       559,976,939       508,740,986  
    Diluted   562,312,330       563,305,525       510,338,502       563,431,390       510,437,959  
    Per common share data:                  
    Basic earnings $ 0.23     $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.40     $ 0.31  
    Diluted earnings   0.22       0.18       0.13       0.40       0.31  
    Cash dividends declared   0.11       0.11       0.11       0.22       0.22  
    Closing stock price – high   9.20       10.42       8.02       10.42       10.80  
    Closing stock price – low   7.87       8.56       6.52       7.87       6.52  
    FINANCIAL RATIOS:                  
    Net interest margin   3.01 %     2.95 %     2.83 %     2.98 %     2.81 %
    Net interest margin – FTE (1)   3.01       2.96       2.84       2.99       2.81  
    Annualized return on average assets   0.86       0.69       0.46       0.77       0.54  
    Annualized return on avg. shareholders’ equity   7.08       5.69       4.17       6.39       4.95  
    NON-GAAP FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIOS: (2)                  
    Basic earnings per share, as adjusted $ 0.23     $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.40     $ 0.32  
    Diluted earnings per share, as adjusted   0.23       0.18       0.13       0.40       0.32  
    Annualized return on average assets, as adjusted   0.87 %     0.69 %     0.47 %     0.78 %     0.56 %
    Annualized return on average shareholders’ equity, as adjusted   7.15       5.69       4.24       6.42       5.08  
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity   9.62       7.76       5.95       8.70       7.07  
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, as adjusted   9.71       7.76       6.05       8.74       7.25  
    Efficiency ratio   55.20       55.87       59.62       55.53       59.36  
                       
    AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET ITEMS:                  
    Assets $ 62,106,945     $ 61,502,768     $ 61,518,639     $ 61,806,614     $ 61,387,754  
    Interest earning assets   57,553,624       56,891,691       56,772,950       57,224,486       56,695,874  
    Loans   49,032,637       48,654,921       50,020,901       48,844,823       50,133,746  
    Interest bearing liabilities   41,913,735       41,230,709       41,576,344       41,574,732       41,566,466  
    Deposits   49,907,124       49,139,303       49,383,209       49,525,957       48,979,591  
    Shareholders’ equity   7,524,231       7,458,177       6,753,981       7,491,395       6,739,838  
    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
      As Of
    BALANCE SHEET ITEMS: June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
    (In thousands)   2025       2025       2024       2024       2024  
    Assets $ 62,705,358     $ 61,865,655     $ 62,491,691     $ 62,092,332     $ 62,058,974  
    Total loans   49,391,420       48,657,128       48,799,711       49,355,319       50,311,702  
    Deposits   50,725,284       49,965,844       50,075,857       50,395,966       50,112,177  
    Shareholders’ equity   7,575,421       7,499,897       7,435,127       6,972,380       6,737,737  
                       
    LOANS:                  
    (In thousands)                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 10,870,036     $ 10,150,205     $ 9,931,400     $ 9,799,287     $ 9,479,147  
    Commercial real estate:                  
    Non-owner occupied   11,747,491       11,945,222       12,344,355       12,647,649       13,710,015  
    Multifamily   8,434,173       8,420,385       8,299,250       8,612,936       8,976,264  
    Owner occupied   5,789,397       5,722,014       5,886,620       5,654,147       5,536,844  
    Construction   2,854,859       3,026,935       3,114,733       3,487,464       3,545,723  
    Total commercial real estate   28,825,920       29,114,556       29,644,958       30,402,196       31,768,846  
    Residential mortgage   5,709,971       5,636,407       5,632,516       5,684,079       5,627,113  
    Consumer:                  
    Home equity   634,553       602,161       604,433       581,181       566,467  
    Automobile   2,178,841       2,041,227       1,901,065       1,823,738       1,762,852  
    Other consumer   1,172,099       1,112,572       1,085,339       1,064,838       1,107,277  
    Total consumer loans   3,985,493       3,755,960       3,590,837       3,469,757       3,436,596  
    Total loans $ 49,391,420     $ 48,657,128     $ 48,799,711     $ 49,355,319     $ 50,311,702  
                       
    CAPITAL RATIOS:                  
    Book value per common share $ 12.89     $ 12.76     $ 12.67     $ 13.00     $ 12.82  
    Tangible book value per common share (2)   9.35       9.21       9.10       9.06       8.87  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (2)   8.63 %     8.61 %     8.40 %     7.68 %     7.52 %
    Tier 1 leverage capital   9.49       9.41       9.16       8.40       8.19  
    Common equity tier 1 capital   10.85       10.80       10.82       9.57       9.55  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital   11.57       11.53       11.55       10.29       9.98  
    Total risk-based capital   13.67       13.91       13.87       12.56       12.17  
    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
    ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES: June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,
    ($ in thousands)   2025       2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Allowance for credit losses for loans                  
    Beginning balance – Allowance for credit losses for loans $ 594,054     $ 573,328     $ 487,269     $ 573,328     $ 465,550  
    Loans charged-off:                  
    Commercial and industrial   (25,189 )     (28,456 )     (14,721 )     (53,645 )     (29,014 )
    Commercial real estate   (14,623 )     (12,260 )     (22,144 )     (26,883 )     (23,348 )
    Construction         (1,163 )     (212 )     (1,163 )     (7,806 )
    Total consumer   (2,259 )     (2,140 )     (1,262 )     (4,399 )     (3,071 )
    Total loans charged-off   (42,071 )     (44,019 )     (38,339 )     (86,090 )     (63,239 )
    Charged-off loans recovered:                  
    Commercial and industrial   2,789       810       742       3,599       1,424  
    Commercial real estate   188       249       150       437       391  
    Construction   455                   455        
    Residential mortgage   37       168       5       205       30  
    Total consumer   773       843       603       1,616       1,000  
    Total loans recovered   4,242       2,070       1,500       6,312       2,845  
    Total net charge-offs   (37,829 )     (41,949 )     (36,839 )     (79,778 )     (60,394 )
    Provision for credit losses for loans   37,795       62,675       82,111       100,470       127,385  
    Ending balance $ 594,020     $ 594,054     $ 532,541     $ 594,020     $ 532,541  
    Components of allowance for credit losses for loans:                  
    Allowance for loan losses $ 579,500     $ 578,200     $ 519,310     $ 579,500     $ 519,310  
    Allowance for unfunded credit commitments   14,520       15,854       13,231       14,520       13,231  
    Allowance for credit losses for loans $ 594,020     $ 594,054     $ 532,541     $ 594,020     $ 532,541  
    Components of provision for credit losses for loans:                  
    Provision for credit losses for loans $ 39,129     $ 61,299     $ 86,901     $ 100,428     $ 133,624  
    (Credit) provision for unfunded credit commitments   (1,334 )     1,376       (4,790 )     42       (6,239 )
    Total provision for credit losses for loans $ 37,795     $ 62,675     $ 82,111     $ 100,470     $ 127,385  
    Annualized ratio of total net charge-offs to total average loans   0.31 %     0.34 %     0.29 %     0.33 %     0.24 %
    Allowance for credit losses for loans as a % of total loans   1.20 %     1.22 %     1.06 %     1.20 %     1.06 %
    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
      As Of
    ASSET QUALITY: June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
    ($ in thousands)   2025       2025       2024       2024       2024  
    Accruing past due loans:                  
    30 to 59 days past due:                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 10,451     $ 3,609     $ 2,389     $ 4,537     $ 5,086  
    Commercial real estate   42,884       170       20,902       76,370       1,879  
    Construction   35,000                          
    Residential mortgage   21,744       16,747       21,295       19,549       17,389  
    Total consumer   12,878       12,887       12,552       14,672       21,639  
    Total 30 to 59 days past due   122,957       33,413       57,138       115,128       45,993  
    60 to 89 days past due:                  
    Commercial and industrial   1,095       420       1,007       1,238       1,621  
    Commercial real estate   60,601             24,903       43,926        
    Residential mortgage   7,627       7,700       5,773       6,892       6,632  
    Total consumer   4,001       2,408       4,484       2,732       3,671  
    Total 60 to 89 days past due   73,324       10,528       36,167       54,788       11,924  
    90 or more days past due:                  
    Commercial and industrial               1,307       1,786       2,739  
    Commercial real estate                           4,242  
    Construction                           3,990  
    Residential mortgage   2,062       6,892       3,533       1,931       2,609  
    Total consumer   859       864       1,049       1,063       898  
    Total 90 or more days past due   2,921       7,756       5,889       4,780       14,478  
    Total accruing past due loans $ 199,202     $ 51,697     $ 99,194     $ 174,696     $ 72,395  
    Non-accrual loans:                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 90,973     $ 110,146     $ 136,675     $ 120,575     $ 102,942  
    Commercial real estate   193,604       172,011       157,231       113,752       123,011  
    Construction   24,068       24,275       24,591       24,657       45,380  
    Residential mortgage   41,099       35,393       36,786       33,075       28,322  
    Total consumer   4,615       4,626       4,215       4,260       3,624  
    Total non-accrual loans   354,359       346,451       359,498       296,319       303,279  
    Other real estate owned (OREO)   4,783       7,714       12,150       7,172       8,059  
    Other repossessed assets   1,642       2,054       1,681       1,611       1,607  
    Total non-performing assets $ 360,784     $ 356,219     $ 373,329     $ 305,102     $ 312,945  
    Total non-accrual loans as a % of loans   0.72 %     0.71 %     0.74 %     0.60 %     0.60 %
    Total accruing past due and non-accrual loans as a % of loans   1.12 %     0.82 %     0.94 %     0.95 %     0.75 %
    Allowance for losses on loans as a % of non-accrual loans   163.53 %     166.89 %     155.45 %     185.05 %     171.23 %


    NOTES TO SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

    (1 ) Net interest income and net interest margin are presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 21 percent federal tax rate. Valley believes that this presentation provides comparability of net interest income and net interest margin arising from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and is consistent with industry practice and SEC rules.
    (2 ) Non-GAAP Reconciliations. This press release contains certain supplemental financial information, described in the Notes below, which has been determined by methods other than U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) that management uses in its analysis of Valley’s performance. The Company believes that the non-GAAP financial measures provide useful supplemental information to both management and investors in understanding Valley’s underlying operational performance, business and performance trends, and may facilitate comparisons of our current and prior performance with the performance of others in the financial services industry. Management utilizes these measures for internal planning, forecasting and analysis purposes. Management believes that Valley’s presentation and discussion of this supplemental information, together with the accompanying reconciliations to the GAAP financial measures, also allows investors to view performance in a manner similar to management. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for or superior to financial measures calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These non-GAAP financial measures may also be calculated differently from similar measures disclosed by other companies.
    Non-GAAP Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures
      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data)   2025       2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Adjusted net income available to common shareholders (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as reported (GAAP) $ 133,167     $ 106,058     $ 70,424     $ 239,225     $ 166,704  
    Add: Loss on extinguishment of debt   922                   922        
    Add: FDIC special assessment (a)               1,363             8,757  
    Add: Losses on available for sale and held to maturity debt securities, net (b)         11       4       11       11  
    Add: Restructuring charge (c)   800             334       800       954  
    Less: Gain on sale of commercial premium finance lending division (d)                           (3,629 )
    Total non-GAAP adjustments to net income   1,722       11       1,701       1,733       6,093  
    Income tax adjustments related to non-GAAP adjustments (e)   (474 )     (3 )     (482 )     (477 )     (1,706 )
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 134,415     $ 106,066     $ 71,643     $ 240,481     $ 171,091  
    Dividends on preferred stock   6,948       6,955       4,108       13,903       8,227  
    Net income available to common shareholders, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 127,467     $ 99,111     $ 67,535     $ 226,578     $ 162,864  
    __________                  
    (a) Included in the FDIC insurance assessment.
    (b) Included in gains on securities transactions, net.
    (c) Represents severance expense related to workforce reductions within salary and employee benefits expense.
    (d) Included in other income within non-interest income.
    (e) Calculated using the appropriate blended statutory tax rate for the applicable period.
     
    Adjusted per common share data (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income available to common shareholders, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 127,467     $ 99,111     $ 67,535     $ 226,578     $ 162,864  
    Average number of shares outstanding   560,336,610       559,613,272       509,141,252       559,976,939       508,740,986  
    Basic earnings, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 0.23     $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.40     $ 0.32  
    Average number of diluted shares outstanding   562,312,330       563,305,525       510,338,502       563,431,390       510,437,959  
    Diluted earnings, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 0.23     $ 0.18     $ 0.13     $ 0.40     $ 0.32  
    Adjusted annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 134,415     $ 106,066     $ 71,643     $ 240,481     $ 171,091  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 7,524,231     $ 7,458,177     $ 6,753,981     $ 7,491,395     $ 6,739,838  
    Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets   1,987,381       1,994,061       2,016,766       1,990,702       2,020,883  
    Average tangible shareholders’ equity $ 5,536,850     $ 5,464,116     $ 4,737,215     $ 5,500,693     $ 4,718,955  
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity, as adjusted (non-GAAP)   9.71 %     7.76 %     6.05 %     8.74 %     7.25 %
    Adjusted annualized return on average assets (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 134,415     $ 106,066     $ 71,643     $ 240,481     $ 171,091  
    Average assets $ 62,106,945     $ 61,502,768     $ 61,518,639     $ 61,806,614     $ 61,387,754  
    Annualized return on average assets, as adjusted (non-GAAP)   0.87 %     0.69 %     0.47 %     0.78 %     0.56 %
    Non-GAAP Reconciliations to GAAP Financial Measures (Continued)
      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data)   2025       2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Adjusted annualized return on average shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 134,415     $ 106,066     $ 71,643     $ 240,481     $ 171,091  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 7,524,231     $ 7,458,177     $ 6,753,981     $ 7,491,395     $ 6,739,838  
    Annualized return on average shareholders’ equity, as adjusted (non-GAAP)   7.15 %     5.69 %     4.24 %     6.42 %     5.08 %
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP):                  
    Net income, as reported (GAAP) $ 133,167     $ 106,058     $ 70,424     $ 239,225     $ 166,704  
    Average shareholders’ equity $ 7,524,231     $ 7,458,177     $ 6,753,981     $ 7,491,395     $ 6,739,838  
    Less: Average goodwill and other intangible assets   1,987,381       1,994,061       2,016,766       1,990,702       2,020,883  
    Average tangible shareholders’ equity $ 5,536,850     $ 5,464,116     $ 4,737,215     $ 5,500,693     $ 4,718,955  
    Annualized return on average tangible shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP)   9.62 %     7.76 %     5.95 %     8.70 %     7.07 %
                       
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP):                  
    Non-interest expense, as reported (GAAP) $ 284,122     $ 276,618     $ 277,497     $ 560,740     $ 557,807  
    Less: Loss on extinguishment of debt (pre-tax)   922                   922        
    Less: FDIC special assessment (pre-tax)               1,363             8,757  
    Less: Restructuring charge (pre-tax)   800             334       800       954  
    Less: Amortization of tax credit investments (pre-tax)   9,134       9,320       5,791       18,454       11,353  
    Non-interest expense, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 273,266     $ 267,298     $ 270,009     $ 540,564     $ 536,743  
    Net interest income, as reported (GAAP)   432,408       420,105       401,685       852,513       795,233  
    Non-interest income, as reported (GAAP)   62,604       58,294       51,213       120,898       112,628  
    Add: Losses on available for sale and held to maturity securities transactions, net (pre-tax)         11       4       11       11  
    Less: Gain on sale of premium finance division (pre-tax)                           (3,629 )
    Non-interest income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 62,604     $ 58,305     $ 51,217     $ 120,909     $ 109,010  
    Gross operating income, as adjusted (non-GAAP) $ 495,012     $ 478,410     $ 452,902     $ 973,422     $ 904,243  
    Efficiency ratio (non-GAAP)   55.20 %     55.87 %     59.62 %     55.53 %     59.36 %
                                           
      As of
      June 30,   March 31,   December 31,   September 30,   June 30,
    ($ in thousands, except for share data)   2025       2025       2024       2024       2024  
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP):                  
    Common shares outstanding   560,281,821       560,028,101       558,786,093       509,252,936       509,205,014  
    Shareholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 7,575,421     $ 7,499,897     $ 7,435,127     $ 6,972,380     $ 6,737,737  
    Less: Preferred stock   354,345       354,345       354,345       354,345       209,691  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets   1,983,515       1,990,276       1,997,597       2,004,414       2,012,580  
    Tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 5,237,561     $ 5,155,276     $ 5,083,185     $ 4,613,621     $ 4,515,466  
    Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) $ 9.35     $ 9.21     $ 9.10     $ 9.06     $ 8.87  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP):                  
    Tangible common shareholders’ equity (non-GAAP) $ 5,237,561     $ 5,155,276     $ 5,083,185     $ 4,613,621     $ 4,515,466  
    Total assets (GAAP) $ 62,705,358     $ 61,865,655     $ 62,491,691     $ 62,092,332     $ 62,058,974  
    Less: Goodwill and other intangible assets   1,983,515       1,990,276       1,997,597       2,004,414       2,012,580  
    Tangible assets (non-GAAP) $ 60,721,843     $ 59,875,379     $ 60,494,094     $ 60,087,918     $ 60,046,394  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP)   8.63 %     8.61 %     8.40 %     7.68 %     7.52 %
    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
    (in thousands, except for share data)
      June 30,   December 31,
        2025       2024  
      (Unaudited)    
    Assets      
    Cash and due from banks $ 440,870     $ 411,412  
    Interest bearing deposits with banks   745,547       1,478,713  
    Investment securities:      
    Equity securities   77,408       71,513  
    Available for sale debt securities   3,896,205       3,369,724  
    Held to maturity debt securities (net of allowance for credit losses of $637 at June 30, 2025 and $647 at December 31, 2024)   3,530,924       3,531,573  
    Total investment securities   7,504,537       6,972,810  
    Loans held for sale (includes fair value of $9,146 at June 30, 2025 and $16,931 at December 31, 2024 for loans originated for sale)   28,096       25,681  
    Loans   49,391,420       48,799,711  
    Less: Allowance for loan losses   (579,500 )     (558,850 )
    Net loans   48,811,920       48,240,861  
    Premises and equipment, net   337,371       350,796  
    Lease right of use assets   332,324       328,475  
    Bank owned life insurance   735,026       731,574  
    Accrued interest receivable   238,278       239,941  
    Goodwill   1,868,936       1,868,936  
    Other intangible assets, net   114,579       128,661  
    Other assets   1,547,874       1,713,831  
    Total Assets $ 62,705,358     $ 62,491,691  
    Liabilities      
    Deposits:      
    Non-interest bearing $ 11,746,770     $ 11,428,674  
    Interest bearing:      
    Savings, NOW and money market   26,091,633       26,304,639  
    Time   12,886,881       12,342,544  
    Total deposits   50,725,284       50,075,857  
    Short-term borrowings   162,244       72,718  
    Long-term borrowings   2,903,091       3,174,155  
    Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts   57,629       57,455  
    Lease liabilities   392,633       388,303  
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities   889,056       1,288,076  
    Total Liabilities   55,129,937       55,056,564  
    Shareholders’ Equity      
    Preferred stock, no par value; 50,000,000 authorized shares:      
    Series A (4,600,000 shares issued at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024)   111,590       111,590  
    Series B (4,000,000 shares issued at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024)   98,101       98,101  
    Series C (6,000,000 shares issued at June 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024)   144,654       144,654  
    Common stock (no par value, authorized 650,000,000 shares; issued 560,522,946 shares at June 30, 2025 and 558,786,093 shares at December 31, 2024)   196,606       195,998  
    Surplus   5,451,543       5,442,070  
    Retained earnings   1,694,903       1,598,048  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss   (119,889 )     (155,334 )
    Treasury stock, at cost (241,125 common shares at June 30, 2025)   (2,087 )      
    Total Shareholders’ Equity   7,575,421       7,435,127  
    Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $ 62,705,358     $ 62,491,691  
    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (Unaudited)
    (in thousands, except for share data)
      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,
        2025       2025       2024       2025       2024  
    Interest Income                  
    Interest and fees on loans $ 720,282     $ 703,609     $ 770,964     $ 1,423,891     $ 1,542,517  
    Interest and dividends on investment securities:                  
    Taxable   67,164       63,898       40,460       131,062       76,257  
    Tax-exempt   4,681       4,702       4,799       9,383       9,595  
    Dividends   5,528       5,664       6,341       11,192       13,169  
    Interest on federal funds sold and other short-term investments   7,357       6,879       10,902       14,236       20,584  
    Total interest income   805,012       784,752       833,466       1,589,764       1,662,122  
    Interest Expense                  
    Interest on deposits:                  
    Savings, NOW and money market   203,390       200,221       231,597       403,611       464,103  
    Time   129,324       125,069       160,442       254,393       311,507  
    Interest on short-term borrowings   1,736       2,946       691       4,682       21,303  
    Interest on long-term borrowings and junior subordinated debentures   38,154       36,411       39,051       74,565       69,976  
    Total interest expense   372,604       364,647       431,781       737,251       866,889  
    Net Interest Income   432,408       420,105       401,685       852,513       795,233  
    Provision (credit) for credit losses for available for sale and held to maturity securities   4       (14 )     (41 )     (10 )     (115 )
    Provision for credit losses for loans   37,795       62,675       82,111       100,470       127,385  
    Net Interest Income After Provision for Credit Losses   394,609       357,444       319,615       752,053       667,963  
    Non-Interest Income                  
    Wealth management and trust fees   14,056       15,031       13,136       29,087       31,066  
    Insurance commissions   3,430       3,402       3,958       6,832       6,209  
    Capital markets   9,767       6,940       7,779       16,707       13,449  
    Service charges on deposit accounts   14,705       12,726       11,212       27,431       22,461  
    (Losses) gains on securities transactions, net   (1 )     46       3       45       52  
    Fees from loan servicing   3,671       3,215       2,691       6,886       5,879  
    Gains on sales of loans, net   2,025       2,197       884       4,222       2,502  
    Bank owned life insurance   6,019       4,777       4,545       10,796       7,780  
    Other   8,932       9,960       7,005       18,892       23,230  
    Total non-interest income   62,604       58,294       51,213       120,898       112,628  
    Non-Interest Expense                  
    Salary and employee benefits expense   145,422       142,618       140,815       288,040       282,646  
    Net occupancy expense   25,483       25,888       24,252       51,371       48,575  
    Technology, furniture and equipment expense   30,667       29,896       35,203       60,563       70,665  
    FDIC insurance assessment   12,192       12,867       14,446       25,059       32,682  
    Amortization of other intangible assets   7,427       8,019       8,568       15,446       17,980  
    Professional and legal fees   19,970       15,670       17,938       35,640       34,403  
    Loss on extinguishment of debt   922                   922        
    Amortization of tax credit investments   9,134       9,320       5,791       18,454       11,353  
    Other   32,905       32,340       30,484       65,245       59,503  
    Total non-interest expense   284,122       276,618       277,497       560,740       557,807  
    Income Before Income Taxes   173,091       139,120       93,331       312,211       222,784  
    Income tax expense   39,924       33,062       22,907       72,986       56,080  
    Net Income   133,167       106,058       70,424       239,225       166,704  
    Dividends on preferred stock   6,948       6,955       4,108       13,903       8,227  
    Net Income Available to Common Shareholders $ 126,219     $ 99,103     $ 66,316     $ 225,322     $ 158,477  
    VALLEY NATIONAL BANCORP
    Quarterly Analysis of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity and
    Net Interest Income on a Tax Equivalent Basis
      Three Months Ended
      June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
      Average       Avg.   Average       Avg.   Average       Avg.
    ($ in thousands) Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate   Balance   Interest   Rate
    Assets                                  
    Interest earning assets:                              
    Loans (1)(2) $ 49,032,637   $ 720,305     5.88 %   $ 48,654,921   $ 703,632     5.78 %   $ 50,020,901   $ 770,987     6.17 %
    Taxable investments (3)   7,350,792     72,692     3.96       7,100,958     69,562     3.92       5,379,101     46,801     3.48  
    Tax-exempt investments (1)(3)   544,302     5,925     4.35       552,291     5,952     4.31       575,272     6,075     4.22  
    Interest bearing deposits with banks   625,893     7,357     4.70       583,521     6,879     4.72       797,676     10,902     5.47  
    Total interest earning assets   57,553,624     806,279     5.60       56,891,691     786,025     5.53       56,772,950     834,765     5.88  
    Other assets   4,553,321             4,611,077             4,745,689        
    Total assets $ 62,106,945           $ 61,502,768           $ 61,518,639        
    Liabilities and shareholders’ equity                                  
    Interest bearing liabilities:                                  
    Savings, NOW and money market deposits $ 26,451,349   $ 203,390     3.08 %   $ 26,345,983   $ 200,221     3.04 %   $ 24,848,266   $ 231,597     3.73 %
    Time deposits   12,119,461     129,324     4.27       11,570,758     125,069     4.32       13,311,381     160,442     4.82  
    Short-term borrowings   196,491     1,736     3.53       307,637     2,946     3.83       97,502     691     2.83  
    Long-term borrowings (4)   3,146,434     38,154     4.85       3,006,331     36,411     4.84       3,319,195     39,051     4.71  
    Total interest bearing liabilities   41,913,735     372,604     3.56       41,230,709     364,647     3.54       41,576,344     431,781     4.15  
    Non-interest bearing deposits   11,336,314             11,222,562             11,223,562        
    Other liabilities   1,332,665             1,591,320             1,964,752        
    Shareholders’ equity   7,524,231             7,458,177             6,753,981        
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity $ 62,106,945           $ 61,502,768           $ 61,518,639        
                                       
    Net interest income/interest rate spread (5)     $ 433,675     2.04 %       $ 421,378     1.99 %       $ 402,984     1.73 %
    Tax equivalent adjustment       (1,267 )             (1,273 )             (1,299 )    
    Net interest income, as reported     $ 432,408             $ 420,105             $ 401,685      
    Net interest margin (6)         3.01 %           2.95 %           2.83 %
    Tax equivalent effect         0.00             0.01             0.01  
    Net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis (6)         3.01 %           2.96 %           2.84 %

    ____________

    (1) Interest income is presented on a tax equivalent basis using a 21 percent federal tax rate.
    (2) Loans are stated net of unearned income and include non-accrual loans.
    (3) The yield for securities that are classified as available for sale is based on the average historical amortized cost.
    (4) Includes junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts which are presented separately on the consolidated statements of financial condition.
    (5) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest earning assets and the average cost of interest bearing liabilities and is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis.
    (6) Net interest income as a percentage of total average interest earning assets.

    SHAREHOLDER RELATIONS
    Requests for copies of reports and/or other inquiries should be directed to Tina Zarkadas, Assistant Vice President, Shareholder Relations Specialist, Valley National Bancorp, 70 Speedwell Avenue, Morristown, New Jersey, 07960, by telephone at (973) 305-3380, by fax at (973) 305-1364 or by e-mail at tzarkadas@valley.com.

    Contact:   Travis Lan
        Senior Executive Vice President and
        Chief Financial Officer
        973-686-5007

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: UK-India Technology Security Initiative – Anniversary Statement

    Source: United Kingdom – Executive Government & Departments

    News story

    UK-India Technology Security Initiative – Anniversary Statement

    Statement on the one-year anniversary of the landmark UK-India Technology Security Initiative

    On the occasion of the one-year anniversary of the landmark UK-India Technology Security Initiative (TSI), the UK and India reaffirmed their shared commitment to harness frontier technologies to drive economic growth and strengthen national security.

    Both parties welcomed the Initiative’s achievements to date and underscored the transformative potential of the TSI to deliver cutting-edge innovations and generate investment across the entire technology value chain.

    The TSI has already enabled industry, academia and government to deliver new strategic opportunities. Over the past year, both sides have:

    • Launched a flagship £7 million joint research programme on Future Telecoms in 2024 to support joint Open RAN and 5G/6G testbed development.
    • Formalised collaboration between key telecoms lab facilities – India’s Centre for Development of Telematics (C-DOT) and the UK’s Smart RAN Open Network Interoperability Centre (SONIC) for bilateral collaboration in telecom innovation, testing and emerging technology.
    • Accelerated development in responsible and trustworthy AI, including through the first UK-India Conference on AI opportunities, held in Bengaluru in February 2025.
    • Completed the successful first phase of the world’s first UK-India Critical Minerals Supply Chain Observatory. Phase Two, supported by £1.8 million of new funding, will deliver the world’s largest digital data infrastructure on the critical minerals value chain and establish a new satellite campus at the Indian School of Mines in Dhanbad.
    • Strengthened our partnership in FEMTECH – Women-Orientated Health Tech by collaboration between National Institute for Health and Care Research (NIHR) and Department of Biotechnology (DBT).
    • Initiated several new partnerships between private sector from both sides in the fields of Telecoms, Critical Minerals, Advanced Materials and AI.

    To further our strategic collaboration, both sides will:

    • Harness together, the benefits of the global AI revolution and boost economic growth through a UK-India joint centre for AI that will promote trusted real world AI innovations and widespread adoption.
    • Advance next generation, secure-by-design telecommunications through joint research, development and innovation, strategically collaborating on advanced connectivity and cyber resilience. Establish an India-UK Connectivity and Innovation Centre to pioneer AI-driven telecoms, non-terrestrial networks and secure 5G and 6G. Work together through international fora like ITU and 3GPP for 6G.
    • Secure resilient and sustainable critical mineral supply chains to power the Fourth Industrial Revolution. Establish a UK-India Critical Minerals Guild to transform financing standards and innovation. Together, the two sides will prioritise processing, R&D, recycling, managing risk to supply chains, market development etc. and will champion circular economy principles and advance traceability.
    • Use the UK-India biotechnology partnership to unlock the potential in biofoundries, bioprinting, biomanufacturing, bio-based materials, advanced biosciences and drive innovation across health, clean energy and sustainable agriculture. Explore the possibility of setting up a UK-India Biotechnology Accelerator.

    The UK and India continue to work together across other TSI commitments including the collaboration on Graphene and 2D Materials Technology.
    In recognition of the TSI’s success, the two leaders agreed to expand the TSI into new frontier domains, particularly to unlock engagement on futuristic, secure and strategic technologies. This expansion will further align UK and Indian national security priorities and unlock new opportunities for industry and researchers.

    Both parties called on industry, including start-ups and academia to further catalyse the UK-India technology partnership and to take advantage of the opportunities presented by the TSI.

    Updates to this page

    Published 24 July 2025

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI Russia: The Chinese city of Manzhouli and the Russian Republic of Buryatia have agreed to deepen cooperation

    Translation. Region: Russian Federal

    Source: People’s Republic of China in Russian – People’s Republic of China in Russian –

    An important disclaimer is at the bottom of this article.

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    BEIJING, July 24 (Xinhua) — Officials from China’s Manzhouli City and Russia’s Buryatia Republic have agreed to deepen cooperation in agriculture, tourism, logistics and the food industry, the press service of Manzhouli City in the Inner Mongolia Autonomous Region said.

    This week, the 3rd Forum on Scientific, Technical, Trade and Economic Cooperation between Manzhouli and the Republic of Buryatia was held in Manzhouli. It was attended by officials from Manzhouli, the Export Support Center of the Republic of Buryatia, and business representatives from both sides.

    Manzhouli is China’s largest land border crossing, accounting for more than 65 percent of China-Russia trade overland. Those present at the forum called for expanding and raising the level of bilateral cooperation.

    The forum featured presentations of products from enterprises on both sides and meetings of entrepreneurs. A cooperation agreement was concluded between the Manzhouli International Trade Promotion Committee and the Buryatia Chamber of Commerce and Industry.

    The forum aims to strengthen mutual understanding and trust between Chinese and Russian enterprises. Its participants hope to further deepen pragmatic cooperation, achieve mutual benefit and win-win, and give new impetus to the development of friendly relations between China and Russia and the economies of the regions of the two sides. -0-

    Please note: This information is raw content obtained directly from the source of the information. It is an accurate report of what the source claims and does not necessarily reflect the position of MIL-OSI or its clients.

    .

    MIL OSI Russia News

  • MIL-OSI: Amalgamated Financial Corp. Reports Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results; Solid Deposit and Loan Growth; Strong Margin at 3.55%

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 14.13% | Tangible Book Value per Share of $24.33

    NEW YORK, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Amalgamated Financial Corp. (the “Company” or “Amalgamated”) (Nasdaq: AMAL), the holding company for Amalgamated Bank (the “Bank”), today announced financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2025.

    Second Quarter 2025 Highlights (on a linked quarter basis)

    • Net income of $26.0 million, or $0.84 per diluted share, compared to $25.0 million, or $0.81 per diluted share.
    • Core net income1 of $27.0 million, or $0.88 per diluted share, compared to $27.1 million, or $0.88 per diluted share.

    Deposits and Liquidity

    • On-balance sheet deposits increased $321.2 million, or 4.3%, to $7.7 billion.
    • Excluding $112.3 million of temporary pension funding deposits received on the last day of the quarter and withdrawn on the following day, total deposits increased $208.9 million, or 2.8%, to $7.6 billion.
    • Off-balance sheet deposits were $41.4 million at the end of the quarter.
    • Political deposits increased $136.5 million, or 13%, to $1.2 billion, which includes both on and off-balance sheet deposits.
    • Average cost of deposits, increased 3 basis points to 162 basis points, where non-interest-bearing deposits comprised 36% of total deposits.

    Assets and Margin

    • Net interest margin remained unchanged at 3.55%.
    • Net interest income grew $2.3 million, or 3.3%, to $72.9 million.
    • Net loans receivable increased $35.5 million, or 0.8%, to $4.7 billion.
    • Net loans in growth mode (commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, and multifamily) increased $60.8 million or 2.1%.
    • Total PACE assessments grew $16.3 million, or 1.4%, to $1.2 billion.
    • The multifamily and commercial real estate loan portfolios totaled $1.8 billion and had a concentration of 202% to total risk based capital.

    Capital and Returns

    • Tier 1 leverage ratio remained constant at 9.22% and Common Equity Tier 1 ratio was 14.13%.
    • Tangible common equity1 ratio decreased 13 basis points to 8.60% due to a larger balance sheet.
    • Tangible book value per share1 increased $0.82, or 3.5%, to $24.33, and has increased $7.00, or 40.4% since September 2021.
    • Core return on average tangible common equity1 of 14.90% and core return on average assets1 of 1.28%.

    Share Repurchase

    • Repurchased approximately 327,000 shares, or $9.7 million of common stock, through June 30, 2025, with $30.3 million in remaining capacity under the share repurchase program approved on March 10, 2025.
    • Approximately 74,000 shares have been repurchased from July 1 through July 22, 2025.
       
    1 Definitions are presented under “Non-GAAP Financial Measures”. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure are set forth on the last page of the financial information accompanying this press release and may also be found on the Company’s website, www.amalgamatedbank.com.
       

    Priscilla Sims Brown, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “We are achieving our results because our banking model is flexible. We have many levers we can pull to drive performance and that creates reliability and predictability for our shareholders, customers, and employees.”

    Second Quarter Earnings

    Net income was $26.0 million, or $0.84 per diluted share, compared to $25.0 million, or $0.81 per diluted share, for the prior quarter. The $1.0 million increase during the quarter was primarily driven by a scheduled $2.6 million increase in non-core income related to solar tax equity investments, a $2.3 million increase in net interest income, and a $1.1 million decrease in non-interest expense. This was partially offset by a $4.3 million increase in provision for credit losses, the effect from a $0.8 million net valuation gain on residential loans sold during the previous quarter, and a $0.4 million increase in losses on sales of securities and other assets compared to the linked quarter.

    Core net income1 was $27.0 million, or $0.88 per diluted share, compared to $27.1 million, or $0.88 per diluted share for the prior quarter. Excluded from core net income for the quarter, pre-tax, was $1.0 million of losses on the sale of securities and other assets, $0.3 million of scheduled accelerated depreciation from solar tax equity investments, $0.1 million of severance costs, and $0.1 million of ICS One-Way Sell fee income. Excluded from core net income for the first quarter of 2025, pre-tax, was $2.9 million of accelerated depreciation from solar tax equity investments, a $0.8 million net valuation gain from residential loans sold during the quarter, and $0.7 million of losses on the sale of securities.

    Net interest income was $72.9 million, compared to $70.6 million for the prior quarter. Loan interest income increased $0.9 million and loan yields increased 5 basis points despite a $35.6 million decrease in average loan balances, primarily due to completion of a residential loan pool sale in the prior quarter. In addition, commercial loan originations were offset by paydowns and payoffs on lower-yielding commercial and residential loans. Interest income on securities increased $2.0 million driven by an increase in the average balance of securities of $141.2 million despite a slight decline in securities yields of 4 basis points. Interest expense on total interest-bearing deposits increased $1.7 million driven primarily by an increase in the average balance of total interest-bearing deposits of $201.0 million, while interest-bearing deposits cost remained flat.

    Net interest margin was 3.55%, the same as the prior quarter largely due to a higher average balance of interest-bearing deposits as noted above, which resulted in a slightly higher blended cost of funds. This offset the interest income generated by the higher average balance of securities and modestly higher loan yields. Additionally, income from prepayment penalties had a one basis point impact on net interest margin in the current quarter, compared to no impact in the prior quarter.

    Provision for credit losses was an expense of $4.9 million, compared to an expense of $0.6 million in the prior quarter. The increase in the second quarter was primarily driven by a $2.3 million increase in reserve for one syndicated commercial and industrial loan as well as the macroeconomic forecasts used in the CECL model, primarily related to the consumer solar loan portfolio, which can be volatile.

    Non-interest income was $8.0 million, compared to $6.4 million in the prior quarter. Excluding all non-core income adjustments noted above, core non-interest income1 was $9.3 million, compared to $9.1 million in the prior quarter. The increase was primarily related to higher commercial banking fees, partially offset by lower income from Trust fees.

    Non-interest expense was $40.6 million, a decrease of $1.1 million from the prior quarter. Core non-interest expense1 was $40.4 million, also a decrease of $1.1 million from the prior quarter. This was mainly driven by a $1.5 million decrease in professional fees, partially offset by a $0.4 million increase in advertising expense.

    Provision for income tax expense was $9.5 million, compared to $9.7 million for the prior quarter. The effective tax rate was 26.7%, compared to 28.0% in the prior quarter. The California single-sales factor apportionment law was adopted during the quarter which resulted in an increase in the California state tax rate. A discrete tax benefit was recognized during the current quarter for the remeasurement of deferred tax assets reducing the quarterly effective tax rate. Going forward, the tax rate is expected to be 27.3%. The prior quarter effective tax rate was impacted by discrete tax items related to a city and state tax examination. Adjusted, the current quarter effective tax rate was 27.3% compared to 27.0% for the prior quarter.

    Balance Sheet Quarterly Summary

    Total assets were $8.6 billion at June 30, 2025, a $336.1 million or a 4% increase compared to $8.3 billion at March 31, 2025. On the last day of the quarter, the balance sheet was impacted by $112.3 million of temporary pension funding deposits that were withdrawn the following day. Adjusted, total assets were $8.5 billion, in line with our target for the quarter. Notable changes within individual balance sheet line items include a $177.6 million increase in securities and a $35.5 million increase in net loans receivable. On the liabilities side, on-balance sheet deposits increased by $321.2 million or $208.9 million when adjusted for the temporary deposits noted above. Off-balance sheet deposits decreased by $173.1 million in the quarter. Equity grew by $18.0 million.

    Total net loans receivable at June 30, 2025 were $4.7 billion, an increase of $35.5 million, or 0.8% for the quarter. A balanced increase in loans was primarily driven by a $34.2 million increase in multifamily loans, a $13.5 million increase in commercial and industrial loans, and a $13.1 million increase in commercial real estate loans, all in our identified growth portfolios. This was partially offset by a $11.0 million decrease in consumer solar loans, and a $11.8 million decrease in residential loans, both being non-growth portfolios. During the quarter, criticized or classified loans increased $13.9 million, largely related to the downgrades of four commercial and industrial loans totaling $9.7 million, the downgrade of one multifamily loan totaling $2.8 million, additional downgrades of small business loans totaling $1.0 million, and an increase of $2.1 million in residential and consumer substandard loans. This was partially offset by charge-offs of small business loans totaling $1.1 million, and an upgrade of one $0.1 million small business loan.

    Total on-balance sheet deposits at June 30, 2025 were $7.7 billion, an increase of $321.2 million, or 4.3%, during the quarter. Including accounts currently held off-balance sheet, deposits held by politically active customers, such as campaigns, PACs, advocacy-based organizations, and state and national party committees were $1.2 billion as of June 30, 2025, an increase of $136.5 million during the quarter. Non-interest-bearing deposits represented 38% of average total deposits and 36% of ending total deposits for the quarter, contributing to an average cost of total deposits of 162 basis points. Super-core deposits1 totaled approximately $4.2 billion, had a weighted average life of 18 years, and comprised 54% of total deposits. Total uninsured deposits were $3.9 billion, comprising 50% of total deposits.

    Nonperforming assets totaled $35.2 million, or 0.41% of period-end total assets at June 30, 2025, an increase of $1.3 million, compared with $33.9 million, or 0.41% on a linked quarter basis. The increase in nonperforming assets was primarily driven by a $2.4 million increase in residential non-accrual loans, partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in commercial and industrial nonaccrual loans, a $0.3 million decrease in consumer solar nonaccrual loans, and a $0.5 million decrease in nonaccrual loans held for sale compared to the prior quarter.

    During the quarter, the allowance for credit losses on loans increased $1.3 million to $59.0 million. The ratio of allowance to total loans was 1.25%, an increase of 2 basis points from 1.23% in the first quarter of 2025. This is primarily due to an increase of $2.3 million in reserves for one commercial and industrial loan, along with increases in provision related to the macroeconomic forecasts used in the CECL model. The loan associated with the increased reserve is a commercial and industrial business loan to an originator of consumer loans for renewable energy efficiency improvements. During the quarter, $2.5 million of debtor-in-possession (“DIP”) financing was put in place, a portion of which was advanced and increased our outstanding exposure from $8.3 million to $9.3 million as of June 30, 2025. Additionally, during the third quarter, the remainder of the DIP financing was advanced bringing the total exposure to $10.8 million as of the date of this earnings release. While there remains collateral value, the situation with this loan is fluid and could result in further reserves as the workout progresses.

    Capital Quarterly Summary

    As of June 30, 2025, the Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio was 14.13%, the Total Risk-Based Capital ratio was 16.43%, and the Tier 1 Leverage Capital ratio was 9.22%, compared to 14.27%, 16.61% and 9.22%, respectively, as of March 31, 2025. Stockholders’ equity at June 30, 2025 was $754.0 million, an increase of $18.0 million during the quarter. The increase in stockholders’ equity was primarily driven by $26.0 million of net income for the quarter and a $4.3 million improvement in accumulated other comprehensive loss due to the tax-effected mark-to-market on available for sale securities, offset by $9.7 million in share buybacks and $4.4 million in dividends paid at $0.14 per outstanding share.

    Tangible book value per share1 was $24.33 as of June 30, 2025 compared to $23.51 as of March 31, 2025. Tangible common equity1 improved to 8.60% of tangible assets, compared to 8.73% as of March 31, 2025.

    Conference Call

    As previously announced, Amalgamated Financial Corp. will host a conference call to discuss its second quarter 2025 results today, July 24, 2025 at 11:00am (Eastern Time). The conference call can be accessed by dialing 1-877-407-9716 (domestic) or 1-201-493-6779 (international) and asking for the Amalgamated Financial Corp. Second Quarter 2025 Earnings Call. A telephonic replay will be available approximately two hours after the call and can be accessed by dialing 1-844-512-2921, or for international callers 1-412-317-6671 and providing the access code 13754662. The telephonic replay will be available until July 31, 2025.

    Interested investors and other parties may also listen to a simultaneous webcast of the conference call by logging onto the investor relations section of the Company’s website at https://ir.amalgamatedbank.com/. The online replay will remain available for a limited time beginning immediately following the call.

    The presentation materials for the call can be accessed on the investor relations section of the Company’s website at https://ir.amalgamatedbank.com/.

    About Amalgamated Financial Corp.

    Amalgamated Financial Corp. is a Delaware public benefit corporation and a bank holding company engaged in commercial banking and financial services through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Amalgamated Bank. Amalgamated Bank is a New York-based full-service commercial bank and a chartered trust company with a combined network of five branches across New York City, Washington D.C., and San Francisco, and a commercial office in Boston. Amalgamated Bank was formed in 1923 as Amalgamated Bank of New York by the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America, one of the country’s oldest labor unions. Amalgamated Bank provides commercial banking and trust services nationally and offers a full range of products and services to both commercial and retail customers. Amalgamated Bank is a proud member of the Global Alliance for Banking on Values and is a certified B Corporation®. As of June 30, 2025, total assets were $8.6 billion, total net loans were $4.7 billion, and total deposits were $7.7 billion. Additionally, as of June 30, 2025, the trust business held $36.5 billion in assets under custody and $15.6 billion in assets under management.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    This release (and the accompanying financial information and tables) refer to certain non-GAAP financial measures including, without limitation, “Core operating revenue,” “Core non-interest expense,” “Core non-interest income,” “Core net income,” “Tangible common equity,” “Average tangible common equity,” “Core return on average assets,” “Core return on average tangible common equity,” and “Core efficiency ratio.”

    Management utilizes this information to compare operating performance for June 30, 2025 versus certain periods in 2025 and 2024 and to prepare internal projections. The Company believes these non-GAAP financial measures facilitate making period-to-period comparisons and are meaningful indications of operating performance. In addition, because intangible assets such as goodwill and other discrete items unrelated to core business, which are excluded, vary extensively from company to company, the Company believe that the presentation of this information allows investors to more easily compare results to those of other companies.

    The presentation of non-GAAP financial information, however, is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP financial measures. The Company strongly encourage readers to review the GAAP financial measures included in this release and not to place undue reliance upon any single financial measure. In addition, because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this release with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial disclosures to comparable GAAP measures found in this release are set forth in the final pages of this release and also may be viewed on the Company’s website, amalgamatedbank.com.

    Terminology

    Certain terms used in this release are defined as follows:

    “Core efficiency ratio” is defined as “Core non-interest expense” divided by “Core operating revenue.” The Company believes the most directly comparable performance ratio derived from GAAP financial measures is an efficiency ratio calculated by dividing total non-interest expense by the sum of net interest income and total non-interest income.

    “Core net income” is defined as net income after tax excluding gains and losses on sales of securities, ICS One-Way Sell fee income, changes in fair value on loans held-for-sale, gains on the sale of owned property, costs related to branch closures, restructuring/severance costs, acquisition costs, tax credits and accelerated depreciation on solar equity investments, and taxes on notable pre-tax items. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is net income.

    “Core non-interest expense” is defined as total non-interest expense excluding costs related to branch closures, and restructuring/severance. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total non-interest expense.

    “Core non-interest income” is defined as total non-interest income excluding gains and losses on sales of securities, ICS One-Way Sell fee income, changes in fair value on loans held-for-sale, gains on the sale of owned property, and tax credits and accelerated depreciation on solar equity investments. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is non-interest income.

    “Core operating revenue” is defined as total net interest income plus “core non-interest income”. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is the total of net interest income and non-interest income.

    “Core return on average assets” is defined as “Core net income” divided by average total assets. The Company believes the most directly comparable performance ratio derived from GAAP financial measures is return on average assets calculated by dividing net income by average total assets.

    “Core return on average tangible common equity” is defined as “Core net income” divided by average “tangible common equity.” The Company believes the most directly comparable performance ratio derived from GAAP financial measures is return on average equity calculated by dividing net income by average total stockholders’ equity.

    “Super-core deposits” are defined as total deposits from commercial and consumer customers, with a relationship length of greater than 5 years. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total deposits.

    “Tangible assets” are defined as total assets excluding, as applicable, goodwill and core deposit intangibles. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total assets.

    “Tangible common equity”, and “Tangible book value” are defined as stockholders’ equity excluding, as applicable, minority interests, goodwill and core deposit intangibles. The Company believes that the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total stockholders’ equity.

    “Traditional securities” is defined as total investment securities excluding PACE assessments. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total investment securities.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Statements included in this release that are not historical in nature are intended to be, and are hereby identified as, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements generally can be identified through the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “anticipate,” “aspire,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “in the future,” “may” and “intend,” as well as other similar words and expressions of the future. Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, any or all of which could cause actual results to differ materially from the results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:

    1. uncertain conditions in the banking industry and in national, regional and local economies in core markets, which may have an adverse impact on business, operations and financial performance;
    2. deterioration in the financial condition of borrowers resulting in significant increases in credit losses and provisions for those losses;
    3. deposit outflows and subsequent declines in liquidity caused by factors that could include lack of confidence in the banking system, a deterioration in market conditions or the financial condition of depositors;
    4. changes in deposits, including an increase in uninsured deposits;
    5. ability to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet deposit and debt obligations as they come due, which may require that the Company sell investment securities at a loss, negatively impacting net income, earnings and capital;
    6. unfavorable conditions in the capital markets, which may cause declines in stock price and the value of investments;
    7. negative economic and political conditions that adversely affect the general economy, housing prices, the real estate market, the job market, consumer confidence, the financial condition of borrowers and consumer spending habits, which may affect, among other things, the level of non-performing assets, charge-offs and provision expense;
    8. fluctuations or unanticipated changes in the interest rate environment including changes in net interest margin or changes in the yield curve that affect investments, loans or deposits;
    9. the general decline in the real estate and lending markets, particularly in commercial real estate in the Company’s market areas, and the effects of the enactment of or changes to rent-control and other similar regulations on multi-family housing;
    10. potential implementation by the current presidential administration of a regulatory reform agenda that is significantly different from that of the prior presidential administration, impacting the rule making, supervision, examination and enforcement of the banking regulation agencies;
    11. changes in U.S. trade policies and other global political factors beyond the Company’s control, including the imposition of tariffs, which raise economic uncertainty, potentially leading to slower growth and a decrease in loan demand;
    12. the outcome of legal or regulatory proceedings that may be instituted against us;
    13. inability to achieve organic loan and deposit growth and the composition of that growth;
    14. composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, including any concentration in industries or sectors that may experience unanticipated or anticipated adverse conditions greater than other industries or sectors in the national or local economies in which the Company operates;
    15. inaccuracy of the assumptions and estimates the Company makes and policies that the Company implements in establishing the allowance for credit losses;
    16. changes in loan underwriting, credit review or loss reserve policies associated with economic conditions, examination conclusions, or regulatory developments;
    17. any matter that would cause the Company to conclude that there was impairment of any asset, including intangible assets;
    18. limitations on the ability to declare and pay dividends;
    19. the impact of competition with other financial institutions, including pricing pressures and the resulting impact on results, including as a result of compression to net interest margin;
    20. increased competition for experienced members of the workforce including executives in the banking industry;
    21. a failure in or breach of operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of third party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes, spam attacks, human error, natural disasters, power loss and other security breaches;
    22. increased regulatory scrutiny and exposure from the use of “big data” techniques, machine learning, and artificial intelligence;
    23. a downgrade in the Company’s credit rating;
    24. “greenwashing claims” against the Company and environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) products and increased scrutiny and political opposition to ESG and diversity, equity, and inclusion (“DEI”) practices;
    25. any unanticipated or greater than anticipated adverse conditions (including the possibility of earthquakes, wildfires, and other natural disasters) affecting the markets in which the Company operates;
    26. physical and transitional risks related to climate change as they impact the business and the businesses that the Company finances;
    27. future repurchase of the Company’s shares through the Company’s common stock repurchase program; and
    28. descriptions of assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing.

    Additional factors which could affect the forward-looking statements can be found in the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC and available on the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov/. The Company disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this release, which speak only as of the date hereof, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    Investor Contact:
    Jamie Lillis
    Solebury Strategic Communications
    shareholderrelations@amalgamatedbank.com
    800-895-4172

    Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited)

      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
     
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,
     
    ($ in thousands) 2025   2025   2024   2025   2024  
    INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME                                        
    Loans $ 58,723     $ 57,843     $ 51,293     $ 116,566     $ 103,245    
    Securities   43,737       41,653       44,978       85,390       87,368    
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks   1,639       1,194       2,690       2,833       5,282    
             Total interest and dividend income   104,099       100,690       98,961       204,789       195,895    
    INTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Deposits   30,593       28,917       28,882       59,510       54,773    
    Borrowed funds   597       1,196       887       1,793       3,893    
             Total interest expense   31,190       30,113       29,769       61,303       58,666    
    NET INTEREST INCOME   72,909       70,577       69,192       143,486       137,229    
    Provision for credit losses   4,890       596       3,161       5,486       4,749    
             Net interest income after provision for credit losses   68,019       69,981       66,031       138,000       132,480    
    NON-INTEREST INCOME                                        
    Trust Department fees   3,879       4,191       3,657       8,069       7,511    
    Service charges on deposit accounts   3,873       3,438       8,614       7,311       14,750    
    Bank-owned life insurance income   796       626       615       1,422       1,224    
    Losses on sale of securities and other assets   (1,041 )     (680 )     (2,691 )     (1,721 )     (5,465 )  
    Gain (loss) on sale of loans and changes in fair value on loans held-
    for-sale, net
      18       832       69       850       116    
    Equity method investments income (loss)   51       (2,508 )     (1,551 )     (2,458 )     521    
    Other income   449       507       545       957       830    
             Total non-interest income   8,025       6,406       9,258       14,430       19,487    
    NON-INTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Compensation and employee benefits   23,240       23,314       23,045       46,554       45,318    
    Occupancy and depreciation   3,476       3,293       3,379       6,768       6,283    
    Professional fees   3,283       4,739       2,332       8,022       4,708    
    Technology   5,485       5,619       4,786       11,103       9,415    
    Office maintenance and depreciation   570       629       580       1,199       1,243    
    Amortization of intangible assets   144       144       182       287       365    
    Advertising and promotion   412       51       1,175       463       2,394    
    Federal deposit insurance premiums   900       900       1,050       1,800       2,100    
    Other expense   3,074       2,961       2,983       6,038       5,838    
             Total non-interest expense   40,584       41,650       39,512       82,234       77,664    
    Income before income taxes   35,460       34,737       35,777       70,196       74,303    
    Income tax expense   9,471       9,709       9,024       19,179       20,301    
             Net income $ 25,989     $ 25,028     $ 26,753     $ 51,017     $ 54,002    
    Earnings per common share – basic $ 0.85     $ 0.82     $ 0.88     $ 1.67     $ 1.77    
    Earnings per common share – diluted $ 0.84     $ 0.81     $ 0.87     $ 1.65     $ 1.75    
     

    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

    ($ in thousands) June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024

     
    Assets (unaudited)   (unaudited)      
    Cash and due from banks $ 4,049     $ 4,196     $ 4,042    
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks   167,017       61,518       56,707    
    Total cash and cash equivalents   171,066       65,714       60,749    
    Securities:                        
    Available for sale, at fair value                        
             Traditional securities   1,713,077       1,546,127       1,477,047    
             Property Assessed Clean Energy (“PACE”) assessments   178,247       161,147       152,011    
        1,891,324       1,707,274       1,629,058    
    Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost:                        
    Traditional securities, net of allowance for credit losses of $47, $47, and $49,
    respectively
      529,418       535,065       542,246    
    PACE assessments, net of allowance for credit losses of $657, $654, and $655,
    respectively
      1,037,220       1,038,052       1,043,959    
        1,566,638       1,573,117       1,586,205    
                             
    Loans held for sale   2,545       3,667       37,593    
    Loans receivable, net of deferred loan origination fees and costs   4,714,344       4,677,506       4,672,924    
    Allowance for credit losses   (58,998 )     (57,676 )     (60,086 )  
    Loans receivable, net   4,655,346       4,619,830       4,612,838    
                             
    Resell agreements   57,040       41,651       23,741    
    Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”) stock, at cost   5,277       4,679       15,693    
    Accrued interest receivable   55,509       55,092       61,172    
    Premises and equipment, net   8,823       7,366       6,386    
    Bank-owned life insurance   108,465       108,652       108,026    
    Right-of-use lease asset   11,379       12,477       14,231    
    Deferred tax asset, net   33,685       33,799       42,437    
    Goodwill   12,936       12,936       12,936    
    Intangible assets, net   1,200       1,343       1,487    
    Equity method investments   5,110       5,639       8,482    
    Other assets   34,995       31,991       35,858    
             Total assets $ 8,621,338     $ 8,285,227     $ 8,256,892    
    Liabilities                        
    Deposits   7,733,272       7,412,072       7,180,605    
    Borrowings   75,457       69,676       314,409    
    Operating leases   15,395       17,190       19,734    
    Other liabilities   43,230       50,293       34,490    
             Total liabilities   7,867,354       7,549,231       7,549,238    
    Stockholders’ equity                        
    Common stock, par value $0.01 per share   310       309       308    
    Additional paid-in capital   290,256       288,539       288,656    
    Retained earnings   522,405       500,783       480,144    
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes   (42,982 )     (47,308 )     (58,637 )  
    Treasury stock, at cost   (16,005 )     (6,327 )     (2,817 )  
             Total stockholders’ equity   753,984       735,996       707,654    
             Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 8,621,338     $ 8,285,227     $ 8,256,892    
     

    Select Financial Data

      As of and for the
    Three Months Ended
      As of and for the
    Six Months Ended

     
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,
     
    (Shares in thousands) 2025   2025   2024   2025   2024  
    Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:                              
    Earnings per share                              
    Basic $ 0.85   $ 0.82   $ 0.88   $ 1.67   $ 1.77  
    Diluted   0.84     0.81     0.87     1.65     1.75  
    Core net income (non-GAAP)                              
    Basic $ 0.88   $ 0.88   $ 0.86   $ 1.77   $ 1.70  
    Diluted   0.88     0.88     0.85     1.75     1.68  
    Book value per common share (excluding minority interest) $ 24.79   $ 23.98   $ 21.09   $ 24.79   $ 21.09  
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) $ 24.33   $ 23.51   $ 20.61   $ 24.33   $ 20.61  
    Common shares outstanding, par value $0.01 per share(1)   30,412     30,697     30,630     30,412     30,630  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic   30,558     30,682     30,551     30,619     30,513  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted   30,758     30,946     30,832     30,872     30,789  
     
    (1) 70,000,000 shares authorized; 30,983,139, 30,940,480, and 30,743,666 shares issued for the periods ended June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024 respectively, and 30,412,241, 30,696,940, and 30,630,386 shares outstanding for the periods ended June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024, respectively.
     

    Select Financial Data

      As of and for the
    Three Months Ended
      As of and for the
    Six Months Ended

     
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,
     
      2025   2025   2024   2025   2024  
    Selected Performance Metrics:                              
    Return on average assets 1.23 %   1.22 %   1.30 %   1.23 %   1.33 %  
    Core return on average assets (non-GAAP) 1.28 %   1.33 %   1.27 %   1.30 %   1.27 %  
    Return on average equity 14.06 %   14.05 %   17.27 %   14.06 %   17.75 %  
    Core return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) 14.90 %   15.54 %   17.34 %   15.21 %   17.46 %  
    Average equity to average assets 8.78 %   8.71 %   7.53 %   8.75 %   7.48 %  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP) 8.60 %   8.73 %   7.66 %   8.60 %   7.66 %  
    Loan yield 5.05 %   5.00 %   4.68 %   5.03 %   4.72 %  
    Securities yield 5.11 %   5.15 %   5.22 %   5.13 %   5.21 %  
    Deposit cost 1.62 %   1.59 %   1.55 %   1.61 %   1.51 %  
    Net interest margin 3.55 %   3.55 %   3.46 %   3.55 %   3.47 %  
    Efficiency ratio (1) 50.14 %   54.10 %   50.37 %   52.07 %   49.56 %  
    Core efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) 49.21 %   52.11 %   50.80 %   50.64 %   50.60 %  
                                   
    Asset Quality Ratios:                              
    Nonaccrual loans to total loans 0.74 %   0.70 %   0.78 %   0.74 %   0.78 %  
    Nonperforming assets to total assets 0.41 %   0.41 %   0.43 %   0.41 %   0.43 %  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans to nonaccrual loans 170.02 %   175.07 %   182.83 %   170.02 %   182.83 %  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans to total loans 1.25 %   1.23 %   1.42 %   1.25 %   1.42 %  
    Annualized net charge-offs to average loans 0.30 %   0.22 %   0.25 %   0.26 %   0.22 %  
                                   
    Liquidity Ratios:                              
    2 day Liquidity Coverage of Uninsured Deposits % 96.73 %   93.75 %   100.83 %   96.73 %   100.83 %  
    Cash and Borrowing Capacity Coverage of Uninsured, Non-Supercore
    Deposits (%)
    167.94 %   163.71 %   174.24 %   167.94 %   174.24 %  
                                   
    Capital Ratios:                              
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 9.22 %   9.22 %   8.42 %   9.22 %   8.42 %  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 14.13 %   14.27 %   13.48 %   14.13 %   13.48 %  
    Total risk-based capital ratio 16.43 %   16.61 %   16.04 %   16.43 %   16.04 %  
    Common equity tier 1 capital ratio 14.13 %   14.27 %   13.48 %   14.13 %   13.48 %  
     
    (1) Efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total non-interest expense by the sum of net interest income and total non-interest income.
     

    Loan and PACE Assessments Portfolio Composition

    (In thousands) At June 30, 2025   At March 31, 2025   At June 30, 2024
     
      Amount   % of total   Amount   % of total   Amount   % of total
     
    Commercial portfolio:                                          
    Commercial and industrial $ 1,196,804     25.4 %   $ 1,183,297     25.3 %   $ 1,012,400     22.6 %  
    Multifamily   1,406,193     29.8 %     1,371,950     29.4 %     1,230,545     27.5 %  
    Commercial real estate   422,068     9.0 %     409,004     8.7 %     377,484     8.4 %  
    Construction and land development   20,330     0.4 %     20,690     0.4 %     23,254     0.5 %  
    Total commercial portfolio   3,045,395     64.6 %     2,984,941     63.8 %     2,643,683     59.0 %  
                                               
    Retail portfolio:                                          
    Residential real estate lending   1,292,013     27.4 %     1,303,856     27.9 %     1,404,624     31.4 %  
    Consumer solar   345,604     7.3 %     356,601     7.6 %     385,567     8.6 %  
    Consumer and other   31,332     0.7 %     32,108     0.7 %     37,965     1.0 %  
    Total retail portfolio   1,668,949     35.4 %     1,692,565     36.2 %     1,828,156     41.0 %  
    Total loans held for investment   4,714,344     100.0 %     4,677,506     100.0 %     4,471,839     100.0 %  
                                               
    Allowance for credit losses   (58,998 )           (57,676 )           (63,444 )        
    Loans receivable, net $ 4,655,346           $ 4,619,830           $ 4,408,395          
                                               
    PACE assessments:                                          
    Available for sale, at fair value                                          
    Residential PACE assessments   178,247     14.7 %     161,147     13.4 %     112,923     9.7 %  
                                               
    Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost                                          
    Commercial PACE assessments   278,006     22.9 %     271,200     22.6 %     256,663     22.0 %  
    Residential PACE assessments   759,871     62.4 %     767,507     64.0 %     798,561     68.4 %  
    Total Held-to-maturity PACE
    assessments
      1,037,877     85.3 %     1,038,707     86.6 %     1,055,224     90.4 %  
    Total PACE assessments   1,216,124     100.0 %     1,199,854     100.0 %     1,168,147     100.0 %  
                                               
    Allowance for credit losses   (657 )           (654 )           (655 )        
    Total PACE assessments, net $ 1,215,467           $ 1,199,200           $ 1,167,492          
                                               
    Loans receivable, net and total PACE
    assessments, net as a % of Deposits
      75.9 %           78.5 %           74.9 %        
    Loans receivable, net and total PACE
    assessments, net as a % of Deposits
    excluding Brokered CDs
      75.9 %           78.5 %           76.4 %        
     

    Net Interest Income Analysis

      Three Months Ended
     
      June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
    (In thousands) Average
    Balance
      Income /
    Expense
      Yield /
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
      Income /
    Expense
      Yield /
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
      Income /
    Expense
      Yield /
    Rate
     
                                                           
    Interest-earning assets:                                                      
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks $ 161,965   $ 1,639   4.06 %   $ 121,321   $ 1,194   3.99 %   $ 213,725   $ 2,690   5.06 %  
    Securities(1)   3,361,812     42,850   5.11 %     3,220,590     40,867   5.15 %     3,308,881     42,937   5.22 %  
    Resell agreements   52,621     887   6.76 %     30,169     786   10.57 %     122,618     2,041   6.69 %  
    Loans receivable, net (2)   4,659,667     58,723   5.05 %     4,695,264     57,843   5.00 %     4,406,843     51,293   4.68 %  
    Total interest-earning assets   8,236,065     104,099   5.07 %     8,067,344     100,690   5.06 %     8,052,067     98,961   4.94 %  
    Non-interest-earning assets:                                                      
    Cash and due from banks   5,622                 5,045                 6,371              
    Other assets   203,992                 220,589                 217,578              
    Total assets $ 8,445,679               $ 8,292,978               $ 8,276,016              
                                                           
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                      
    Savings, NOW and money market
    deposits
    $ 4,457,620   $ 28,653   2.58 %   $ 4,242,786   $ 26,806   2.56 %   $ 3,729,858   $ 24,992   2.69 %  
    Time deposits   218,835     1,940   3.56 %     232,683     2,111   3.68 %     210,565     1,898   3.63 %  
    Brokered CDs         0.00 %           0.00 %     156,086     1,992   5.13 %  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   4,676,455     30,593   2.62 %     4,475,469     28,917   2.62 %     4,096,509     28,882   2.84 %  
    Borrowings   75,741     597   3.16 %     134,340     1,196   3.61 %     104,560     887   3.41 %  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   4,752,196     31,190   2.63 %     4,609,809     30,113   2.65 %     4,201,069     29,769   2.85 %  
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                                                      
    Demand and transaction deposits   2,895,845                 2,901,061                 3,390,941              
    Other liabilities   56,203                 59,728                 60,982              
    Total liabilities   7,704,244                 7,570,598                 7,652,992              
    Stockholders’ equity   741,435                 722,380                 623,024              
    Total liabilities and stockholders’
    equity
    $ 8,445,679               $ 8,292,978               $ 8,276,016              
                                                           
    Net interest income / interest rate
    spread
          $ 72,909   2.44 %         $ 70,577   2.41 %         $ 69,192   2.09 %  
    Net interest-earning assets / net
    interest margin
    $ 3,483,869         3.55 %   $ 3,457,535         3.55 %   $ 3,850,998         3.46 %  
                                                           
    Total deposits excluding Brokered
    CDs / total cost of deposits excluding
    Brokered CDs
    $ 7,572,300         1.62 %   $ 7,376,530         1.59 %   $ 7,331,364         1.48 %  
    Total deposits / total cost of deposits $ 7,572,300         1.62 %   $ 7,376,530         1.59 %   $ 7,487,450         1.55 %  
    Total funding / total cost of funds $ 7,648,041         1.64 %   $ 7,510,870         1.63 %   $ 7,592,010         1.58 %  
     
    (1) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock in the average balance, and dividend income on FHLB stock in interest income.
    (2) Includes prepayment penalty interest income in 2Q2025, 1Q2025, or 2Q2024 of $200,076, $0, and $0, respectively (in thousands).
     

    Net Interest Income Analysis

      Six Months Ended
     
      June 30, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
    (In thousands) Average
    Balance
      Income /
    Expense
      Yield /
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
      Income /
    Expense
      Yield /
    Rate
     
                                         
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks $ 141,756   $ 2,833   4.03 %   $ 209,547   $ 5,282   5.07 %  
    Securities   3,291,591     83,717   5.13 %     3,239,619     84,000   5.21 %  
    Resell agreements   41,457     1,673   8.14 %     100,814     3,368   6.72 %  
    Total loans, net (1)(2)   4,677,367     116,566   5.03 %     4,398,665     103,245   4.72 %  
    Total interest-earning assets   8,152,171     204,789   5.07 %     7,948,645     195,895   4.96 %  
    Non-interest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks   5,335                 5,720              
    Other assets   212,245                 221,924              
    Total assets $ 8,369,751               $ 8,176,289              
                                         
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Savings, NOW and money market deposits $ 4,350,797   $ 55,459   2.57 %   $ 3,660,704   $ 46,864   2.57 %  
    Time deposits   225,721     4,051   3.62 %     199,305     3,474   3.51 %  
    Brokered CDs         0.00 %     173,163     4,435   5.15 %  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   4,576,518     59,510   2.62 %     4,033,172     54,773   2.73 %  
    Borrowings   104,879     1,793   3.45 %     196,326     3,893   3.99 %  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   4,681,397     61,303   2.64 %     4,229,498     58,666   2.79 %  
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand and transaction deposits   2,898,439                 3,264,590              
    Other liabilities   57,955                 70,309              
    Total liabilities   7,637,791                 7,564,397              
    Stockholders’ equity   731,960                 611,892              
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 8,369,751               $ 8,176,289              
                                         
    Net interest income / interest rate spread       $ 143,486   2.43 %         $ 137,229   2.17 %  
    Net interest-earning assets / net interest margin $ 3,470,774         3.55 %   $ 3,719,147         3.47 %  
                                         
    Total deposits excluding Brokered CDs / total cost of
    deposits excluding Brokered CDs
    $ 7,474,957         1.61 %   $ 7,124,599         1.42 %  
    Total deposits / total cost of deposits $ 7,474,957         1.61 %   $ 7,297,762         1.51 %  
    Total funding / total cost of funds $ 7,579,836         1.63 %   $ 7,494,088         1.57 %  
     
    (1) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock in the average balance, and dividend income on FHLB stock in interest income.
    (2) Includes prepayment penalty interest income in June YTD 2025 and June YTD 2024 of $200 thousand and $18 thousand, respectively.
     

    Deposit Portfolio Composition

      Three Months Ended
     
    (In thousands) June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
      Ending
    Balance
      Average
    Balance
      Ending
    Balance
      Average
    Balance
      Ending
    Balance
      Average
    Balance

     
    Non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts $ 2,810,489   $ 2,895,845   $ 2,895,757   $ 2,901,061   $ 3,445,068   $ 3,390,941  
    NOW accounts   177,494     177,312     187,078     177,827     192,452     191,253  
    Money market deposit accounts   4,216,318     3,950,346     3,772,423     3,739,548     3,093,644     3,202,365  
    Savings accounts   330,892     329,962     330,410     325,411     336,943     336,240  
    Time deposits   198,079     218,835     226,404     232,683     227,437     210,565  
    Brokered certificates of deposit (“CDs”)                   153,444     156,086  
    Total deposits $ 7,733,272   $ 7,572,300   $ 7,412,072   $ 7,376,530   $ 7,448,988   $ 7,487,450  
                                         
    Total deposits excluding Brokered CDs $ 7,733,272   $ 7,572,300   $ 7,412,072   $ 7,376,530   $ 7,295,544   $ 7,331,364  
     
      Three Months Ended
     
      June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
    (In thousands) Average
    Rate
    Paid
    (1)
      Cost of
    Funds
      Average
    Rate
    Paid
    (1)
      Cost of
    Funds
      Average
    Rate
    Paid
    (1)
      Cost of
    Funds

     
                                         
    Non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts 0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %  
    NOW accounts 0.68 %   0.72 %   0.72 %   0.70 %   1.07 %   1.07 %  
    Money market deposit accounts 2.70 %   2.77 %   2.73 %   2.76 %   3.08 %   2.93 %  
    Savings accounts 1.32 %   1.30 %   1.28 %   1.28 %   1.67 %   1.37 %  
    Time deposits 3.22 %   3.56 %   3.52 %   3.68 %   3.50 %   3.63 %  
    Brokered CDs %   %   %   %   4.98 %   5.13 %  
    Total deposits 1.63 %   1.62 %   1.57 %   1.59 %   1.59 %   1.55 %  
                                         
    Interest-bearing deposits excluding Brokered CDs 2.56 %   2.62 %   2.58 %   2.62 %   2.88 %   2.74 %  
     
    (1) Average rate paid is calculated as the weighted average of spot rates on deposit accounts. Off-balance sheet deposits are excluded from all calculations shown.
     

    Asset Quality

    (In thousands) June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
    Loans 90 days past due and accruing $   $   $  
    Nonaccrual loans held for sale   459     989     989  
    Nonaccrual loans – Commercial   27,501     27,872     23,778  
    Nonaccrual loans – Retail   7,199     5,072     10,924  
    Nonaccrual securities   6     7     29  
    Total nonperforming assets $ 35,165   $ 33,940   $ 35,720  
                       
    Nonaccrual loans:                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 12,501   $ 12,786   $ 8,428  
    Commercial real estate   3,893     3,979     4,231  
    Construction and land development   11,107     11,107     11,119  
    Total commercial portfolio   27,501     27,872     23,778  
                       
    Residential real estate lending   3,805     1,375     7,756  
    Consumer solar   3,193     3,479     2,794  
    Consumer and other   201     218     374  
    Total retail portfolio   7,199     5,072     10,924  
    Total nonaccrual loans $ 34,700   $ 32,944   $ 34,702  
     

    Credit Quality

      June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
    ($ in thousands)                  
    Criticized and classified loans                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 64,305   $ 55,157   $ 53,940  
    Multifamily   11,324     8,540     10,242  
    Commercial real estate   3,893     3,979     8,311  
    Construction and land development   11,107     11,107     11,119  
    Residential real estate lending   3,805     1,375     7,756  
    Consumer solar   3,193     3,479     2,794  
    Consumer and other   201     218     374  
    Total loans $ 97,828   $ 83,855   $ 94,536  
     
    Criticized and classified loans to total loans                  
    Commercial and industrial 1.36 %   1.18 %   1.21 %  
    Multifamily 0.24 %   0.18 %   0.23 %  
    Commercial real estate 0.08 %   0.09 %   0.19 %  
    Construction and land development 0.24 %   0.24 %   0.25 %  
    Residential real estate lending 0.08 %   0.03 %   0.17 %  
    Consumer solar 0.07 %   0.07 %   0.06 %  
    Consumer and other %   %   0.01 %  
    Total loans 2.07 %   1.79 %   2.12 %  
     
      June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
      Annualized
    net charge-
    offs
    (recoveries)
    to average
    loans
      ACL to total
    portfolio balance
      Annualized
    net charge-
    offs
    (recoveries)
    to average
    loans
      ACL to total
    portfolio balance
      Annualized
    net charge-
    offs
    (recoveries)
    to average
    loans
      ACL to total
    portfolio balance

     
    Commercial and industrial 0.32  %   1.42 %   0.28 %   1.29 %   0.32  %   1.44 %  
    Multifamily  %   0.20 %   %   0.23 %    %   0.38 %  
    Commercial real estate  %   0.49 %   %   0.39 %    %   0.40 %  
    Construction and land development  %   6.33 %   %   6.05 %    %   3.60 %  
    Residential real estate lending (0.01 )%   0.69 %   %   0.73 %   (0.18 )%   0.88 %  
    Consumer solar 2.91  %   7.26 %   1.90 %   7.01 %   2.57  %   7.00 %  
    Consumer and other 0.07  %   5.74 %   0.70 %   5.67 %   0.01  %   6.49 %  
    Total loans 0.30  %   1.25 %   0.22 %   1.23 %   0.25  %   1.42 %  
     

    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    The information provided below presents a reconciliation of each of the non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

      As of and for the
    Three Months Ended
      As of and for the
    Six Months Ended

     
    (in thousands) June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024   June 30, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
    Core operating revenue                                        
    Net Interest Income (GAAP) $ 72,909     $ 70,577     $ 69,192     $ 143,486     $ 137,229    
    Non-interest income (GAAP)   8,025       6,406       9,258       14,430       19,487    
    Add: Loss on Sale of Securities and Other Assets   1,041       680       2,691       1,721       5,465    
    Less: ICS One-Way Sell Fee Income(1)   (102 )     (9 )     (4,859 )     (111 )     (7,762 )  
    Less: Changes in fair value of loans held-for-sale(6)         (837 )           (837 )        
    Less: Subdebt repurchase gain(2)               (406 )           (406 )  
    Add: Tax (credits) depreciation on solar investments(3)   310       2,868       1,815       3,179       7    
    Core operating revenue (non-GAAP) $ 82,183     $ 79,685     $ 77,691       161,868       154,020    
                                             
    Core non-interest expense                                        
    Non-interest expense (GAAP) $ 40,584     $ 41,650     $ 39,512     $ 82,234     $ 77,664    
    Add: Gain on settlement of lease termination(4)                           499    
    Less: Severance costs(5)   (142 )     (125 )     (44 )     (267 )     (228 )  
    Core non-interest expense (non-GAAP) $ 40,442     $ 41,525     $ 39,468       81,967       77,935    
                                             
    Core net income                                        
    Net Income (GAAP) $ 25,989     $ 25,028     $ 26,753     $ 51,017     $ 54,002    
    Add: Loss on Sale of Securities and Other Assets   1,041       680       2,691       1,721       5,465    
    Less: ICS One-Way Sell Fee Income(1)   (102 )     (9 )     (4,859 )     (111 )     (7,762 )  
    Less: Changes in fair value of loans held-for-sale(6)         (837 )           (837 )        
    Less: Gain on settlement of lease termination(4)                           (499 )  
    Less: Subdebt repurchase gain(2)               (406 )           (406 )  
    Add: Severance costs(5)   142       125       44       267       228    
    Add: Tax (credits) depreciation on solar investments(3)   310       2,868       1,815       3,179       7    
    Less: Tax on notable items   (371 )     (731 )     180       (1,109 )     775    
    Core net income (non-GAAP) $ 27,009     $ 27,124     $ 26,218       54,127       51,810    
                                             
    Tangible common equity                                        
    Stockholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 753,984     $ 735,996     $ 646,112     $ 753,984     $ 646,112    
    Less: Minority interest               (133 )           (133 )  
    Less: Goodwill   (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )  
    Less: Core deposit intangible   (1,200 )     (1,343 )     (1,852 )     (1,200 )     (1,852 )  
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP) $ 739,848     $ 721,717     $ 631,191       739,848       631,191    
                                             
    Average tangible common equity                                        
    Average stockholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 741,435     $ 722,380     $ 623,024     $ 731,960     $ 611,892    
    Less: Minority interest               (133 )           (133 )  
    Less: Goodwill   (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )  
    Less: Core deposit intangible   (1,270 )     (1,413 )     (1,941 )     (1,341 )     (2,032 )  
    Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) $ 727,229     $ 708,031     $ 608,014       717,683       596,791    
     
    (1) Included in service charges on deposit accounts in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
    (2) Included in other income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
    (3) Included in equity method investments income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
    (4) Included in occupancy and depreciation in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
    (5) Included in compensation and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
    (6) Included in changes in fair value of loans held-for-sale in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
     

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Amalgamated Financial Corp. Reports Second Quarter 2025 Financial Results; Solid Deposit and Loan Growth; Strong Margin at 3.55%

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 14.13% | Tangible Book Value per Share of $24.33

    NEW YORK, July 24, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Amalgamated Financial Corp. (the “Company” or “Amalgamated”) (Nasdaq: AMAL), the holding company for Amalgamated Bank (the “Bank”), today announced financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2025.

    Second Quarter 2025 Highlights (on a linked quarter basis)

    • Net income of $26.0 million, or $0.84 per diluted share, compared to $25.0 million, or $0.81 per diluted share.
    • Core net income1 of $27.0 million, or $0.88 per diluted share, compared to $27.1 million, or $0.88 per diluted share.

    Deposits and Liquidity

    • On-balance sheet deposits increased $321.2 million, or 4.3%, to $7.7 billion.
    • Excluding $112.3 million of temporary pension funding deposits received on the last day of the quarter and withdrawn on the following day, total deposits increased $208.9 million, or 2.8%, to $7.6 billion.
    • Off-balance sheet deposits were $41.4 million at the end of the quarter.
    • Political deposits increased $136.5 million, or 13%, to $1.2 billion, which includes both on and off-balance sheet deposits.
    • Average cost of deposits, increased 3 basis points to 162 basis points, where non-interest-bearing deposits comprised 36% of total deposits.

    Assets and Margin

    • Net interest margin remained unchanged at 3.55%.
    • Net interest income grew $2.3 million, or 3.3%, to $72.9 million.
    • Net loans receivable increased $35.5 million, or 0.8%, to $4.7 billion.
    • Net loans in growth mode (commercial and industrial, commercial real estate, and multifamily) increased $60.8 million or 2.1%.
    • Total PACE assessments grew $16.3 million, or 1.4%, to $1.2 billion.
    • The multifamily and commercial real estate loan portfolios totaled $1.8 billion and had a concentration of 202% to total risk based capital.

    Capital and Returns

    • Tier 1 leverage ratio remained constant at 9.22% and Common Equity Tier 1 ratio was 14.13%.
    • Tangible common equity1 ratio decreased 13 basis points to 8.60% due to a larger balance sheet.
    • Tangible book value per share1 increased $0.82, or 3.5%, to $24.33, and has increased $7.00, or 40.4% since September 2021.
    • Core return on average tangible common equity1 of 14.90% and core return on average assets1 of 1.28%.

    Share Repurchase

    • Repurchased approximately 327,000 shares, or $9.7 million of common stock, through June 30, 2025, with $30.3 million in remaining capacity under the share repurchase program approved on March 10, 2025.
    • Approximately 74,000 shares have been repurchased from July 1 through July 22, 2025.
       
    1 Definitions are presented under “Non-GAAP Financial Measures”. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures to the most comparable GAAP measure are set forth on the last page of the financial information accompanying this press release and may also be found on the Company’s website, www.amalgamatedbank.com.
       

    Priscilla Sims Brown, President and Chief Executive Officer, commented, “We are achieving our results because our banking model is flexible. We have many levers we can pull to drive performance and that creates reliability and predictability for our shareholders, customers, and employees.”

    Second Quarter Earnings

    Net income was $26.0 million, or $0.84 per diluted share, compared to $25.0 million, or $0.81 per diluted share, for the prior quarter. The $1.0 million increase during the quarter was primarily driven by a scheduled $2.6 million increase in non-core income related to solar tax equity investments, a $2.3 million increase in net interest income, and a $1.1 million decrease in non-interest expense. This was partially offset by a $4.3 million increase in provision for credit losses, the effect from a $0.8 million net valuation gain on residential loans sold during the previous quarter, and a $0.4 million increase in losses on sales of securities and other assets compared to the linked quarter.

    Core net income1 was $27.0 million, or $0.88 per diluted share, compared to $27.1 million, or $0.88 per diluted share for the prior quarter. Excluded from core net income for the quarter, pre-tax, was $1.0 million of losses on the sale of securities and other assets, $0.3 million of scheduled accelerated depreciation from solar tax equity investments, $0.1 million of severance costs, and $0.1 million of ICS One-Way Sell fee income. Excluded from core net income for the first quarter of 2025, pre-tax, was $2.9 million of accelerated depreciation from solar tax equity investments, a $0.8 million net valuation gain from residential loans sold during the quarter, and $0.7 million of losses on the sale of securities.

    Net interest income was $72.9 million, compared to $70.6 million for the prior quarter. Loan interest income increased $0.9 million and loan yields increased 5 basis points despite a $35.6 million decrease in average loan balances, primarily due to completion of a residential loan pool sale in the prior quarter. In addition, commercial loan originations were offset by paydowns and payoffs on lower-yielding commercial and residential loans. Interest income on securities increased $2.0 million driven by an increase in the average balance of securities of $141.2 million despite a slight decline in securities yields of 4 basis points. Interest expense on total interest-bearing deposits increased $1.7 million driven primarily by an increase in the average balance of total interest-bearing deposits of $201.0 million, while interest-bearing deposits cost remained flat.

    Net interest margin was 3.55%, the same as the prior quarter largely due to a higher average balance of interest-bearing deposits as noted above, which resulted in a slightly higher blended cost of funds. This offset the interest income generated by the higher average balance of securities and modestly higher loan yields. Additionally, income from prepayment penalties had a one basis point impact on net interest margin in the current quarter, compared to no impact in the prior quarter.

    Provision for credit losses was an expense of $4.9 million, compared to an expense of $0.6 million in the prior quarter. The increase in the second quarter was primarily driven by a $2.3 million increase in reserve for one syndicated commercial and industrial loan as well as the macroeconomic forecasts used in the CECL model, primarily related to the consumer solar loan portfolio, which can be volatile.

    Non-interest income was $8.0 million, compared to $6.4 million in the prior quarter. Excluding all non-core income adjustments noted above, core non-interest income1 was $9.3 million, compared to $9.1 million in the prior quarter. The increase was primarily related to higher commercial banking fees, partially offset by lower income from Trust fees.

    Non-interest expense was $40.6 million, a decrease of $1.1 million from the prior quarter. Core non-interest expense1 was $40.4 million, also a decrease of $1.1 million from the prior quarter. This was mainly driven by a $1.5 million decrease in professional fees, partially offset by a $0.4 million increase in advertising expense.

    Provision for income tax expense was $9.5 million, compared to $9.7 million for the prior quarter. The effective tax rate was 26.7%, compared to 28.0% in the prior quarter. The California single-sales factor apportionment law was adopted during the quarter which resulted in an increase in the California state tax rate. A discrete tax benefit was recognized during the current quarter for the remeasurement of deferred tax assets reducing the quarterly effective tax rate. Going forward, the tax rate is expected to be 27.3%. The prior quarter effective tax rate was impacted by discrete tax items related to a city and state tax examination. Adjusted, the current quarter effective tax rate was 27.3% compared to 27.0% for the prior quarter.

    Balance Sheet Quarterly Summary

    Total assets were $8.6 billion at June 30, 2025, a $336.1 million or a 4% increase compared to $8.3 billion at March 31, 2025. On the last day of the quarter, the balance sheet was impacted by $112.3 million of temporary pension funding deposits that were withdrawn the following day. Adjusted, total assets were $8.5 billion, in line with our target for the quarter. Notable changes within individual balance sheet line items include a $177.6 million increase in securities and a $35.5 million increase in net loans receivable. On the liabilities side, on-balance sheet deposits increased by $321.2 million or $208.9 million when adjusted for the temporary deposits noted above. Off-balance sheet deposits decreased by $173.1 million in the quarter. Equity grew by $18.0 million.

    Total net loans receivable at June 30, 2025 were $4.7 billion, an increase of $35.5 million, or 0.8% for the quarter. A balanced increase in loans was primarily driven by a $34.2 million increase in multifamily loans, a $13.5 million increase in commercial and industrial loans, and a $13.1 million increase in commercial real estate loans, all in our identified growth portfolios. This was partially offset by a $11.0 million decrease in consumer solar loans, and a $11.8 million decrease in residential loans, both being non-growth portfolios. During the quarter, criticized or classified loans increased $13.9 million, largely related to the downgrades of four commercial and industrial loans totaling $9.7 million, the downgrade of one multifamily loan totaling $2.8 million, additional downgrades of small business loans totaling $1.0 million, and an increase of $2.1 million in residential and consumer substandard loans. This was partially offset by charge-offs of small business loans totaling $1.1 million, and an upgrade of one $0.1 million small business loan.

    Total on-balance sheet deposits at June 30, 2025 were $7.7 billion, an increase of $321.2 million, or 4.3%, during the quarter. Including accounts currently held off-balance sheet, deposits held by politically active customers, such as campaigns, PACs, advocacy-based organizations, and state and national party committees were $1.2 billion as of June 30, 2025, an increase of $136.5 million during the quarter. Non-interest-bearing deposits represented 38% of average total deposits and 36% of ending total deposits for the quarter, contributing to an average cost of total deposits of 162 basis points. Super-core deposits1 totaled approximately $4.2 billion, had a weighted average life of 18 years, and comprised 54% of total deposits. Total uninsured deposits were $3.9 billion, comprising 50% of total deposits.

    Nonperforming assets totaled $35.2 million, or 0.41% of period-end total assets at June 30, 2025, an increase of $1.3 million, compared with $33.9 million, or 0.41% on a linked quarter basis. The increase in nonperforming assets was primarily driven by a $2.4 million increase in residential non-accrual loans, partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in commercial and industrial nonaccrual loans, a $0.3 million decrease in consumer solar nonaccrual loans, and a $0.5 million decrease in nonaccrual loans held for sale compared to the prior quarter.

    During the quarter, the allowance for credit losses on loans increased $1.3 million to $59.0 million. The ratio of allowance to total loans was 1.25%, an increase of 2 basis points from 1.23% in the first quarter of 2025. This is primarily due to an increase of $2.3 million in reserves for one commercial and industrial loan, along with increases in provision related to the macroeconomic forecasts used in the CECL model. The loan associated with the increased reserve is a commercial and industrial business loan to an originator of consumer loans for renewable energy efficiency improvements. During the quarter, $2.5 million of debtor-in-possession (“DIP”) financing was put in place, a portion of which was advanced and increased our outstanding exposure from $8.3 million to $9.3 million as of June 30, 2025. Additionally, during the third quarter, the remainder of the DIP financing was advanced bringing the total exposure to $10.8 million as of the date of this earnings release. While there remains collateral value, the situation with this loan is fluid and could result in further reserves as the workout progresses.

    Capital Quarterly Summary

    As of June 30, 2025, the Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio was 14.13%, the Total Risk-Based Capital ratio was 16.43%, and the Tier 1 Leverage Capital ratio was 9.22%, compared to 14.27%, 16.61% and 9.22%, respectively, as of March 31, 2025. Stockholders’ equity at June 30, 2025 was $754.0 million, an increase of $18.0 million during the quarter. The increase in stockholders’ equity was primarily driven by $26.0 million of net income for the quarter and a $4.3 million improvement in accumulated other comprehensive loss due to the tax-effected mark-to-market on available for sale securities, offset by $9.7 million in share buybacks and $4.4 million in dividends paid at $0.14 per outstanding share.

    Tangible book value per share1 was $24.33 as of June 30, 2025 compared to $23.51 as of March 31, 2025. Tangible common equity1 improved to 8.60% of tangible assets, compared to 8.73% as of March 31, 2025.

    Conference Call

    As previously announced, Amalgamated Financial Corp. will host a conference call to discuss its second quarter 2025 results today, July 24, 2025 at 11:00am (Eastern Time). The conference call can be accessed by dialing 1-877-407-9716 (domestic) or 1-201-493-6779 (international) and asking for the Amalgamated Financial Corp. Second Quarter 2025 Earnings Call. A telephonic replay will be available approximately two hours after the call and can be accessed by dialing 1-844-512-2921, or for international callers 1-412-317-6671 and providing the access code 13754662. The telephonic replay will be available until July 31, 2025.

    Interested investors and other parties may also listen to a simultaneous webcast of the conference call by logging onto the investor relations section of the Company’s website at https://ir.amalgamatedbank.com/. The online replay will remain available for a limited time beginning immediately following the call.

    The presentation materials for the call can be accessed on the investor relations section of the Company’s website at https://ir.amalgamatedbank.com/.

    About Amalgamated Financial Corp.

    Amalgamated Financial Corp. is a Delaware public benefit corporation and a bank holding company engaged in commercial banking and financial services through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Amalgamated Bank. Amalgamated Bank is a New York-based full-service commercial bank and a chartered trust company with a combined network of five branches across New York City, Washington D.C., and San Francisco, and a commercial office in Boston. Amalgamated Bank was formed in 1923 as Amalgamated Bank of New York by the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America, one of the country’s oldest labor unions. Amalgamated Bank provides commercial banking and trust services nationally and offers a full range of products and services to both commercial and retail customers. Amalgamated Bank is a proud member of the Global Alliance for Banking on Values and is a certified B Corporation®. As of June 30, 2025, total assets were $8.6 billion, total net loans were $4.7 billion, and total deposits were $7.7 billion. Additionally, as of June 30, 2025, the trust business held $36.5 billion in assets under custody and $15.6 billion in assets under management.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    This release (and the accompanying financial information and tables) refer to certain non-GAAP financial measures including, without limitation, “Core operating revenue,” “Core non-interest expense,” “Core non-interest income,” “Core net income,” “Tangible common equity,” “Average tangible common equity,” “Core return on average assets,” “Core return on average tangible common equity,” and “Core efficiency ratio.”

    Management utilizes this information to compare operating performance for June 30, 2025 versus certain periods in 2025 and 2024 and to prepare internal projections. The Company believes these non-GAAP financial measures facilitate making period-to-period comparisons and are meaningful indications of operating performance. In addition, because intangible assets such as goodwill and other discrete items unrelated to core business, which are excluded, vary extensively from company to company, the Company believe that the presentation of this information allows investors to more easily compare results to those of other companies.

    The presentation of non-GAAP financial information, however, is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP financial measures. The Company strongly encourage readers to review the GAAP financial measures included in this release and not to place undue reliance upon any single financial measure. In addition, because non-GAAP financial measures are not standardized, it may not be possible to compare the non-GAAP financial measures presented in this release with other companies’ non-GAAP financial measures having the same or similar names. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial disclosures to comparable GAAP measures found in this release are set forth in the final pages of this release and also may be viewed on the Company’s website, amalgamatedbank.com.

    Terminology

    Certain terms used in this release are defined as follows:

    “Core efficiency ratio” is defined as “Core non-interest expense” divided by “Core operating revenue.” The Company believes the most directly comparable performance ratio derived from GAAP financial measures is an efficiency ratio calculated by dividing total non-interest expense by the sum of net interest income and total non-interest income.

    “Core net income” is defined as net income after tax excluding gains and losses on sales of securities, ICS One-Way Sell fee income, changes in fair value on loans held-for-sale, gains on the sale of owned property, costs related to branch closures, restructuring/severance costs, acquisition costs, tax credits and accelerated depreciation on solar equity investments, and taxes on notable pre-tax items. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is net income.

    “Core non-interest expense” is defined as total non-interest expense excluding costs related to branch closures, and restructuring/severance. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total non-interest expense.

    “Core non-interest income” is defined as total non-interest income excluding gains and losses on sales of securities, ICS One-Way Sell fee income, changes in fair value on loans held-for-sale, gains on the sale of owned property, and tax credits and accelerated depreciation on solar equity investments. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is non-interest income.

    “Core operating revenue” is defined as total net interest income plus “core non-interest income”. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is the total of net interest income and non-interest income.

    “Core return on average assets” is defined as “Core net income” divided by average total assets. The Company believes the most directly comparable performance ratio derived from GAAP financial measures is return on average assets calculated by dividing net income by average total assets.

    “Core return on average tangible common equity” is defined as “Core net income” divided by average “tangible common equity.” The Company believes the most directly comparable performance ratio derived from GAAP financial measures is return on average equity calculated by dividing net income by average total stockholders’ equity.

    “Super-core deposits” are defined as total deposits from commercial and consumer customers, with a relationship length of greater than 5 years. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total deposits.

    “Tangible assets” are defined as total assets excluding, as applicable, goodwill and core deposit intangibles. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total assets.

    “Tangible common equity”, and “Tangible book value” are defined as stockholders’ equity excluding, as applicable, minority interests, goodwill and core deposit intangibles. The Company believes that the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total stockholders’ equity.

    “Traditional securities” is defined as total investment securities excluding PACE assessments. The Company believes the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is total investment securities.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Statements included in this release that are not historical in nature are intended to be, and are hereby identified as, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements generally can be identified through the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “anticipate,” “aspire,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “in the future,” “may” and “intend,” as well as other similar words and expressions of the future. Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, any or all of which could cause actual results to differ materially from the results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to:

    1. uncertain conditions in the banking industry and in national, regional and local economies in core markets, which may have an adverse impact on business, operations and financial performance;
    2. deterioration in the financial condition of borrowers resulting in significant increases in credit losses and provisions for those losses;
    3. deposit outflows and subsequent declines in liquidity caused by factors that could include lack of confidence in the banking system, a deterioration in market conditions or the financial condition of depositors;
    4. changes in deposits, including an increase in uninsured deposits;
    5. ability to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet deposit and debt obligations as they come due, which may require that the Company sell investment securities at a loss, negatively impacting net income, earnings and capital;
    6. unfavorable conditions in the capital markets, which may cause declines in stock price and the value of investments;
    7. negative economic and political conditions that adversely affect the general economy, housing prices, the real estate market, the job market, consumer confidence, the financial condition of borrowers and consumer spending habits, which may affect, among other things, the level of non-performing assets, charge-offs and provision expense;
    8. fluctuations or unanticipated changes in the interest rate environment including changes in net interest margin or changes in the yield curve that affect investments, loans or deposits;
    9. the general decline in the real estate and lending markets, particularly in commercial real estate in the Company’s market areas, and the effects of the enactment of or changes to rent-control and other similar regulations on multi-family housing;
    10. potential implementation by the current presidential administration of a regulatory reform agenda that is significantly different from that of the prior presidential administration, impacting the rule making, supervision, examination and enforcement of the banking regulation agencies;
    11. changes in U.S. trade policies and other global political factors beyond the Company’s control, including the imposition of tariffs, which raise economic uncertainty, potentially leading to slower growth and a decrease in loan demand;
    12. the outcome of legal or regulatory proceedings that may be instituted against us;
    13. inability to achieve organic loan and deposit growth and the composition of that growth;
    14. composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, including any concentration in industries or sectors that may experience unanticipated or anticipated adverse conditions greater than other industries or sectors in the national or local economies in which the Company operates;
    15. inaccuracy of the assumptions and estimates the Company makes and policies that the Company implements in establishing the allowance for credit losses;
    16. changes in loan underwriting, credit review or loss reserve policies associated with economic conditions, examination conclusions, or regulatory developments;
    17. any matter that would cause the Company to conclude that there was impairment of any asset, including intangible assets;
    18. limitations on the ability to declare and pay dividends;
    19. the impact of competition with other financial institutions, including pricing pressures and the resulting impact on results, including as a result of compression to net interest margin;
    20. increased competition for experienced members of the workforce including executives in the banking industry;
    21. a failure in or breach of operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of third party vendors or other service providers, including as a result of unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes, spam attacks, human error, natural disasters, power loss and other security breaches;
    22. increased regulatory scrutiny and exposure from the use of “big data” techniques, machine learning, and artificial intelligence;
    23. a downgrade in the Company’s credit rating;
    24. “greenwashing claims” against the Company and environmental, social, and governance (“ESG”) products and increased scrutiny and political opposition to ESG and diversity, equity, and inclusion (“DEI”) practices;
    25. any unanticipated or greater than anticipated adverse conditions (including the possibility of earthquakes, wildfires, and other natural disasters) affecting the markets in which the Company operates;
    26. physical and transitional risks related to climate change as they impact the business and the businesses that the Company finances;
    27. future repurchase of the Company’s shares through the Company’s common stock repurchase program; and
    28. descriptions of assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing.

    Additional factors which could affect the forward-looking statements can be found in the Company’s Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC and available on the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov/. The Company disclaims any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this release, which speak only as of the date hereof, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    Investor Contact:
    Jamie Lillis
    Solebury Strategic Communications
    shareholderrelations@amalgamatedbank.com
    800-895-4172

    Consolidated Statements of Income (unaudited)

      Three Months Ended   Six Months Ended
     
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,
     
    ($ in thousands) 2025   2025   2024   2025   2024  
    INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME                                        
    Loans $ 58,723     $ 57,843     $ 51,293     $ 116,566     $ 103,245    
    Securities   43,737       41,653       44,978       85,390       87,368    
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks   1,639       1,194       2,690       2,833       5,282    
             Total interest and dividend income   104,099       100,690       98,961       204,789       195,895    
    INTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Deposits   30,593       28,917       28,882       59,510       54,773    
    Borrowed funds   597       1,196       887       1,793       3,893    
             Total interest expense   31,190       30,113       29,769       61,303       58,666    
    NET INTEREST INCOME   72,909       70,577       69,192       143,486       137,229    
    Provision for credit losses   4,890       596       3,161       5,486       4,749    
             Net interest income after provision for credit losses   68,019       69,981       66,031       138,000       132,480    
    NON-INTEREST INCOME                                        
    Trust Department fees   3,879       4,191       3,657       8,069       7,511    
    Service charges on deposit accounts   3,873       3,438       8,614       7,311       14,750    
    Bank-owned life insurance income   796       626       615       1,422       1,224    
    Losses on sale of securities and other assets   (1,041 )     (680 )     (2,691 )     (1,721 )     (5,465 )  
    Gain (loss) on sale of loans and changes in fair value on loans held-
    for-sale, net
      18       832       69       850       116    
    Equity method investments income (loss)   51       (2,508 )     (1,551 )     (2,458 )     521    
    Other income   449       507       545       957       830    
             Total non-interest income   8,025       6,406       9,258       14,430       19,487    
    NON-INTEREST EXPENSE                                        
    Compensation and employee benefits   23,240       23,314       23,045       46,554       45,318    
    Occupancy and depreciation   3,476       3,293       3,379       6,768       6,283    
    Professional fees   3,283       4,739       2,332       8,022       4,708    
    Technology   5,485       5,619       4,786       11,103       9,415    
    Office maintenance and depreciation   570       629       580       1,199       1,243    
    Amortization of intangible assets   144       144       182       287       365    
    Advertising and promotion   412       51       1,175       463       2,394    
    Federal deposit insurance premiums   900       900       1,050       1,800       2,100    
    Other expense   3,074       2,961       2,983       6,038       5,838    
             Total non-interest expense   40,584       41,650       39,512       82,234       77,664    
    Income before income taxes   35,460       34,737       35,777       70,196       74,303    
    Income tax expense   9,471       9,709       9,024       19,179       20,301    
             Net income $ 25,989     $ 25,028     $ 26,753     $ 51,017     $ 54,002    
    Earnings per common share – basic $ 0.85     $ 0.82     $ 0.88     $ 1.67     $ 1.77    
    Earnings per common share – diluted $ 0.84     $ 0.81     $ 0.87     $ 1.65     $ 1.75    
     

    Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

    ($ in thousands) June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024

     
    Assets (unaudited)   (unaudited)      
    Cash and due from banks $ 4,049     $ 4,196     $ 4,042    
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks   167,017       61,518       56,707    
    Total cash and cash equivalents   171,066       65,714       60,749    
    Securities:                        
    Available for sale, at fair value                        
             Traditional securities   1,713,077       1,546,127       1,477,047    
             Property Assessed Clean Energy (“PACE”) assessments   178,247       161,147       152,011    
        1,891,324       1,707,274       1,629,058    
    Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost:                        
    Traditional securities, net of allowance for credit losses of $47, $47, and $49,
    respectively
      529,418       535,065       542,246    
    PACE assessments, net of allowance for credit losses of $657, $654, and $655,
    respectively
      1,037,220       1,038,052       1,043,959    
        1,566,638       1,573,117       1,586,205    
                             
    Loans held for sale   2,545       3,667       37,593    
    Loans receivable, net of deferred loan origination fees and costs   4,714,344       4,677,506       4,672,924    
    Allowance for credit losses   (58,998 )     (57,676 )     (60,086 )  
    Loans receivable, net   4,655,346       4,619,830       4,612,838    
                             
    Resell agreements   57,040       41,651       23,741    
    Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”) stock, at cost   5,277       4,679       15,693    
    Accrued interest receivable   55,509       55,092       61,172    
    Premises and equipment, net   8,823       7,366       6,386    
    Bank-owned life insurance   108,465       108,652       108,026    
    Right-of-use lease asset   11,379       12,477       14,231    
    Deferred tax asset, net   33,685       33,799       42,437    
    Goodwill   12,936       12,936       12,936    
    Intangible assets, net   1,200       1,343       1,487    
    Equity method investments   5,110       5,639       8,482    
    Other assets   34,995       31,991       35,858    
             Total assets $ 8,621,338     $ 8,285,227     $ 8,256,892    
    Liabilities                        
    Deposits   7,733,272       7,412,072       7,180,605    
    Borrowings   75,457       69,676       314,409    
    Operating leases   15,395       17,190       19,734    
    Other liabilities   43,230       50,293       34,490    
             Total liabilities   7,867,354       7,549,231       7,549,238    
    Stockholders’ equity                        
    Common stock, par value $0.01 per share   310       309       308    
    Additional paid-in capital   290,256       288,539       288,656    
    Retained earnings   522,405       500,783       480,144    
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes   (42,982 )     (47,308 )     (58,637 )  
    Treasury stock, at cost   (16,005 )     (6,327 )     (2,817 )  
             Total stockholders’ equity   753,984       735,996       707,654    
             Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 8,621,338     $ 8,285,227     $ 8,256,892    
     

    Select Financial Data

      As of and for the
    Three Months Ended
      As of and for the
    Six Months Ended

     
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,
     
    (Shares in thousands) 2025   2025   2024   2025   2024  
    Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:                              
    Earnings per share                              
    Basic $ 0.85   $ 0.82   $ 0.88   $ 1.67   $ 1.77  
    Diluted   0.84     0.81     0.87     1.65     1.75  
    Core net income (non-GAAP)                              
    Basic $ 0.88   $ 0.88   $ 0.86   $ 1.77   $ 1.70  
    Diluted   0.88     0.88     0.85     1.75     1.68  
    Book value per common share (excluding minority interest) $ 24.79   $ 23.98   $ 21.09   $ 24.79   $ 21.09  
    Tangible book value per share (non-GAAP) $ 24.33   $ 23.51   $ 20.61   $ 24.33   $ 20.61  
    Common shares outstanding, par value $0.01 per share(1)   30,412     30,697     30,630     30,412     30,630  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic   30,558     30,682     30,551     30,619     30,513  
    Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted   30,758     30,946     30,832     30,872     30,789  
     
    (1) 70,000,000 shares authorized; 30,983,139, 30,940,480, and 30,743,666 shares issued for the periods ended June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024 respectively, and 30,412,241, 30,696,940, and 30,630,386 shares outstanding for the periods ended June 30, 2025, March 31, 2025, and June 30, 2024, respectively.
     

    Select Financial Data

      As of and for the
    Three Months Ended
      As of and for the
    Six Months Ended

     
      June 30,   March 31,   June 30,   June 30,
     
      2025   2025   2024   2025   2024  
    Selected Performance Metrics:                              
    Return on average assets 1.23 %   1.22 %   1.30 %   1.23 %   1.33 %  
    Core return on average assets (non-GAAP) 1.28 %   1.33 %   1.27 %   1.30 %   1.27 %  
    Return on average equity 14.06 %   14.05 %   17.27 %   14.06 %   17.75 %  
    Core return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) 14.90 %   15.54 %   17.34 %   15.21 %   17.46 %  
    Average equity to average assets 8.78 %   8.71 %   7.53 %   8.75 %   7.48 %  
    Tangible common equity to tangible assets (non-GAAP) 8.60 %   8.73 %   7.66 %   8.60 %   7.66 %  
    Loan yield 5.05 %   5.00 %   4.68 %   5.03 %   4.72 %  
    Securities yield 5.11 %   5.15 %   5.22 %   5.13 %   5.21 %  
    Deposit cost 1.62 %   1.59 %   1.55 %   1.61 %   1.51 %  
    Net interest margin 3.55 %   3.55 %   3.46 %   3.55 %   3.47 %  
    Efficiency ratio (1) 50.14 %   54.10 %   50.37 %   52.07 %   49.56 %  
    Core efficiency ratio (non-GAAP) 49.21 %   52.11 %   50.80 %   50.64 %   50.60 %  
                                   
    Asset Quality Ratios:                              
    Nonaccrual loans to total loans 0.74 %   0.70 %   0.78 %   0.74 %   0.78 %  
    Nonperforming assets to total assets 0.41 %   0.41 %   0.43 %   0.41 %   0.43 %  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans to nonaccrual loans 170.02 %   175.07 %   182.83 %   170.02 %   182.83 %  
    Allowance for credit losses on loans to total loans 1.25 %   1.23 %   1.42 %   1.25 %   1.42 %  
    Annualized net charge-offs to average loans 0.30 %   0.22 %   0.25 %   0.26 %   0.22 %  
                                   
    Liquidity Ratios:                              
    2 day Liquidity Coverage of Uninsured Deposits % 96.73 %   93.75 %   100.83 %   96.73 %   100.83 %  
    Cash and Borrowing Capacity Coverage of Uninsured, Non-Supercore
    Deposits (%)
    167.94 %   163.71 %   174.24 %   167.94 %   174.24 %  
                                   
    Capital Ratios:                              
    Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 9.22 %   9.22 %   8.42 %   9.22 %   8.42 %  
    Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 14.13 %   14.27 %   13.48 %   14.13 %   13.48 %  
    Total risk-based capital ratio 16.43 %   16.61 %   16.04 %   16.43 %   16.04 %  
    Common equity tier 1 capital ratio 14.13 %   14.27 %   13.48 %   14.13 %   13.48 %  
     
    (1) Efficiency ratio is calculated by dividing total non-interest expense by the sum of net interest income and total non-interest income.
     

    Loan and PACE Assessments Portfolio Composition

    (In thousands) At June 30, 2025   At March 31, 2025   At June 30, 2024
     
      Amount   % of total   Amount   % of total   Amount   % of total
     
    Commercial portfolio:                                          
    Commercial and industrial $ 1,196,804     25.4 %   $ 1,183,297     25.3 %   $ 1,012,400     22.6 %  
    Multifamily   1,406,193     29.8 %     1,371,950     29.4 %     1,230,545     27.5 %  
    Commercial real estate   422,068     9.0 %     409,004     8.7 %     377,484     8.4 %  
    Construction and land development   20,330     0.4 %     20,690     0.4 %     23,254     0.5 %  
    Total commercial portfolio   3,045,395     64.6 %     2,984,941     63.8 %     2,643,683     59.0 %  
                                               
    Retail portfolio:                                          
    Residential real estate lending   1,292,013     27.4 %     1,303,856     27.9 %     1,404,624     31.4 %  
    Consumer solar   345,604     7.3 %     356,601     7.6 %     385,567     8.6 %  
    Consumer and other   31,332     0.7 %     32,108     0.7 %     37,965     1.0 %  
    Total retail portfolio   1,668,949     35.4 %     1,692,565     36.2 %     1,828,156     41.0 %  
    Total loans held for investment   4,714,344     100.0 %     4,677,506     100.0 %     4,471,839     100.0 %  
                                               
    Allowance for credit losses   (58,998 )           (57,676 )           (63,444 )        
    Loans receivable, net $ 4,655,346           $ 4,619,830           $ 4,408,395          
                                               
    PACE assessments:                                          
    Available for sale, at fair value                                          
    Residential PACE assessments   178,247     14.7 %     161,147     13.4 %     112,923     9.7 %  
                                               
    Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost                                          
    Commercial PACE assessments   278,006     22.9 %     271,200     22.6 %     256,663     22.0 %  
    Residential PACE assessments   759,871     62.4 %     767,507     64.0 %     798,561     68.4 %  
    Total Held-to-maturity PACE
    assessments
      1,037,877     85.3 %     1,038,707     86.6 %     1,055,224     90.4 %  
    Total PACE assessments   1,216,124     100.0 %     1,199,854     100.0 %     1,168,147     100.0 %  
                                               
    Allowance for credit losses   (657 )           (654 )           (655 )        
    Total PACE assessments, net $ 1,215,467           $ 1,199,200           $ 1,167,492          
                                               
    Loans receivable, net and total PACE
    assessments, net as a % of Deposits
      75.9 %           78.5 %           74.9 %        
    Loans receivable, net and total PACE
    assessments, net as a % of Deposits
    excluding Brokered CDs
      75.9 %           78.5 %           76.4 %        
     

    Net Interest Income Analysis

      Three Months Ended
     
      June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
    (In thousands) Average
    Balance
      Income /
    Expense
      Yield /
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
      Income /
    Expense
      Yield /
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
      Income /
    Expense
      Yield /
    Rate
     
                                                           
    Interest-earning assets:                                                      
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks $ 161,965   $ 1,639   4.06 %   $ 121,321   $ 1,194   3.99 %   $ 213,725   $ 2,690   5.06 %  
    Securities(1)   3,361,812     42,850   5.11 %     3,220,590     40,867   5.15 %     3,308,881     42,937   5.22 %  
    Resell agreements   52,621     887   6.76 %     30,169     786   10.57 %     122,618     2,041   6.69 %  
    Loans receivable, net (2)   4,659,667     58,723   5.05 %     4,695,264     57,843   5.00 %     4,406,843     51,293   4.68 %  
    Total interest-earning assets   8,236,065     104,099   5.07 %     8,067,344     100,690   5.06 %     8,052,067     98,961   4.94 %  
    Non-interest-earning assets:                                                      
    Cash and due from banks   5,622                 5,045                 6,371              
    Other assets   203,992                 220,589                 217,578              
    Total assets $ 8,445,679               $ 8,292,978               $ 8,276,016              
                                                           
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                      
    Savings, NOW and money market
    deposits
    $ 4,457,620   $ 28,653   2.58 %   $ 4,242,786   $ 26,806   2.56 %   $ 3,729,858   $ 24,992   2.69 %  
    Time deposits   218,835     1,940   3.56 %     232,683     2,111   3.68 %     210,565     1,898   3.63 %  
    Brokered CDs         0.00 %           0.00 %     156,086     1,992   5.13 %  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   4,676,455     30,593   2.62 %     4,475,469     28,917   2.62 %     4,096,509     28,882   2.84 %  
    Borrowings   75,741     597   3.16 %     134,340     1,196   3.61 %     104,560     887   3.41 %  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   4,752,196     31,190   2.63 %     4,609,809     30,113   2.65 %     4,201,069     29,769   2.85 %  
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                                                      
    Demand and transaction deposits   2,895,845                 2,901,061                 3,390,941              
    Other liabilities   56,203                 59,728                 60,982              
    Total liabilities   7,704,244                 7,570,598                 7,652,992              
    Stockholders’ equity   741,435                 722,380                 623,024              
    Total liabilities and stockholders’
    equity
    $ 8,445,679               $ 8,292,978               $ 8,276,016              
                                                           
    Net interest income / interest rate
    spread
          $ 72,909   2.44 %         $ 70,577   2.41 %         $ 69,192   2.09 %  
    Net interest-earning assets / net
    interest margin
    $ 3,483,869         3.55 %   $ 3,457,535         3.55 %   $ 3,850,998         3.46 %  
                                                           
    Total deposits excluding Brokered
    CDs / total cost of deposits excluding
    Brokered CDs
    $ 7,572,300         1.62 %   $ 7,376,530         1.59 %   $ 7,331,364         1.48 %  
    Total deposits / total cost of deposits $ 7,572,300         1.62 %   $ 7,376,530         1.59 %   $ 7,487,450         1.55 %  
    Total funding / total cost of funds $ 7,648,041         1.64 %   $ 7,510,870         1.63 %   $ 7,592,010         1.58 %  
     
    (1) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock in the average balance, and dividend income on FHLB stock in interest income.
    (2) Includes prepayment penalty interest income in 2Q2025, 1Q2025, or 2Q2024 of $200,076, $0, and $0, respectively (in thousands).
     

    Net Interest Income Analysis

      Six Months Ended
     
      June 30, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
    (In thousands) Average
    Balance
      Income /
    Expense
      Yield /
    Rate
      Average
    Balance
      Income /
    Expense
      Yield /
    Rate
     
                                         
    Interest-earning assets:                                    
    Interest-bearing deposits in banks $ 141,756   $ 2,833   4.03 %   $ 209,547   $ 5,282   5.07 %  
    Securities   3,291,591     83,717   5.13 %     3,239,619     84,000   5.21 %  
    Resell agreements   41,457     1,673   8.14 %     100,814     3,368   6.72 %  
    Total loans, net (1)(2)   4,677,367     116,566   5.03 %     4,398,665     103,245   4.72 %  
    Total interest-earning assets   8,152,171     204,789   5.07 %     7,948,645     195,895   4.96 %  
    Non-interest-earning assets:                                    
    Cash and due from banks   5,335                 5,720              
    Other assets   212,245                 221,924              
    Total assets $ 8,369,751               $ 8,176,289              
                                         
    Interest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Savings, NOW and money market deposits $ 4,350,797   $ 55,459   2.57 %   $ 3,660,704   $ 46,864   2.57 %  
    Time deposits   225,721     4,051   3.62 %     199,305     3,474   3.51 %  
    Brokered CDs         0.00 %     173,163     4,435   5.15 %  
    Total interest-bearing deposits   4,576,518     59,510   2.62 %     4,033,172     54,773   2.73 %  
    Borrowings   104,879     1,793   3.45 %     196,326     3,893   3.99 %  
    Total interest-bearing liabilities   4,681,397     61,303   2.64 %     4,229,498     58,666   2.79 %  
    Non-interest-bearing liabilities:                                    
    Demand and transaction deposits   2,898,439                 3,264,590              
    Other liabilities   57,955                 70,309              
    Total liabilities   7,637,791                 7,564,397              
    Stockholders’ equity   731,960                 611,892              
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 8,369,751               $ 8,176,289              
                                         
    Net interest income / interest rate spread       $ 143,486   2.43 %         $ 137,229   2.17 %  
    Net interest-earning assets / net interest margin $ 3,470,774         3.55 %   $ 3,719,147         3.47 %  
                                         
    Total deposits excluding Brokered CDs / total cost of
    deposits excluding Brokered CDs
    $ 7,474,957         1.61 %   $ 7,124,599         1.42 %  
    Total deposits / total cost of deposits $ 7,474,957         1.61 %   $ 7,297,762         1.51 %  
    Total funding / total cost of funds $ 7,579,836         1.63 %   $ 7,494,088         1.57 %  
     
    (1) Includes Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock in the average balance, and dividend income on FHLB stock in interest income.
    (2) Includes prepayment penalty interest income in June YTD 2025 and June YTD 2024 of $200 thousand and $18 thousand, respectively.
     

    Deposit Portfolio Composition

      Three Months Ended
     
    (In thousands) June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
      Ending
    Balance
      Average
    Balance
      Ending
    Balance
      Average
    Balance
      Ending
    Balance
      Average
    Balance

     
    Non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts $ 2,810,489   $ 2,895,845   $ 2,895,757   $ 2,901,061   $ 3,445,068   $ 3,390,941  
    NOW accounts   177,494     177,312     187,078     177,827     192,452     191,253  
    Money market deposit accounts   4,216,318     3,950,346     3,772,423     3,739,548     3,093,644     3,202,365  
    Savings accounts   330,892     329,962     330,410     325,411     336,943     336,240  
    Time deposits   198,079     218,835     226,404     232,683     227,437     210,565  
    Brokered certificates of deposit (“CDs”)                   153,444     156,086  
    Total deposits $ 7,733,272   $ 7,572,300   $ 7,412,072   $ 7,376,530   $ 7,448,988   $ 7,487,450  
                                         
    Total deposits excluding Brokered CDs $ 7,733,272   $ 7,572,300   $ 7,412,072   $ 7,376,530   $ 7,295,544   $ 7,331,364  
     
      Three Months Ended
     
      June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
    (In thousands) Average
    Rate
    Paid
    (1)
      Cost of
    Funds
      Average
    Rate
    Paid
    (1)
      Cost of
    Funds
      Average
    Rate
    Paid
    (1)
      Cost of
    Funds

     
                                         
    Non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts 0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %   0.00 %  
    NOW accounts 0.68 %   0.72 %   0.72 %   0.70 %   1.07 %   1.07 %  
    Money market deposit accounts 2.70 %   2.77 %   2.73 %   2.76 %   3.08 %   2.93 %  
    Savings accounts 1.32 %   1.30 %   1.28 %   1.28 %   1.67 %   1.37 %  
    Time deposits 3.22 %   3.56 %   3.52 %   3.68 %   3.50 %   3.63 %  
    Brokered CDs %   %   %   %   4.98 %   5.13 %  
    Total deposits 1.63 %   1.62 %   1.57 %   1.59 %   1.59 %   1.55 %  
                                         
    Interest-bearing deposits excluding Brokered CDs 2.56 %   2.62 %   2.58 %   2.62 %   2.88 %   2.74 %  
     
    (1) Average rate paid is calculated as the weighted average of spot rates on deposit accounts. Off-balance sheet deposits are excluded from all calculations shown.
     

    Asset Quality

    (In thousands) June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
    Loans 90 days past due and accruing $   $   $  
    Nonaccrual loans held for sale   459     989     989  
    Nonaccrual loans – Commercial   27,501     27,872     23,778  
    Nonaccrual loans – Retail   7,199     5,072     10,924  
    Nonaccrual securities   6     7     29  
    Total nonperforming assets $ 35,165   $ 33,940   $ 35,720  
                       
    Nonaccrual loans:                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 12,501   $ 12,786   $ 8,428  
    Commercial real estate   3,893     3,979     4,231  
    Construction and land development   11,107     11,107     11,119  
    Total commercial portfolio   27,501     27,872     23,778  
                       
    Residential real estate lending   3,805     1,375     7,756  
    Consumer solar   3,193     3,479     2,794  
    Consumer and other   201     218     374  
    Total retail portfolio   7,199     5,072     10,924  
    Total nonaccrual loans $ 34,700   $ 32,944   $ 34,702  
     

    Credit Quality

      June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
    ($ in thousands)                  
    Criticized and classified loans                  
    Commercial and industrial $ 64,305   $ 55,157   $ 53,940  
    Multifamily   11,324     8,540     10,242  
    Commercial real estate   3,893     3,979     8,311  
    Construction and land development   11,107     11,107     11,119  
    Residential real estate lending   3,805     1,375     7,756  
    Consumer solar   3,193     3,479     2,794  
    Consumer and other   201     218     374  
    Total loans $ 97,828   $ 83,855   $ 94,536  
     
    Criticized and classified loans to total loans                  
    Commercial and industrial 1.36 %   1.18 %   1.21 %  
    Multifamily 0.24 %   0.18 %   0.23 %  
    Commercial real estate 0.08 %   0.09 %   0.19 %  
    Construction and land development 0.24 %   0.24 %   0.25 %  
    Residential real estate lending 0.08 %   0.03 %   0.17 %  
    Consumer solar 0.07 %   0.07 %   0.06 %  
    Consumer and other %   %   0.01 %  
    Total loans 2.07 %   1.79 %   2.12 %  
     
      June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
      Annualized
    net charge-
    offs
    (recoveries)
    to average
    loans
      ACL to total
    portfolio balance
      Annualized
    net charge-
    offs
    (recoveries)
    to average
    loans
      ACL to total
    portfolio balance
      Annualized
    net charge-
    offs
    (recoveries)
    to average
    loans
      ACL to total
    portfolio balance

     
    Commercial and industrial 0.32  %   1.42 %   0.28 %   1.29 %   0.32  %   1.44 %  
    Multifamily  %   0.20 %   %   0.23 %    %   0.38 %  
    Commercial real estate  %   0.49 %   %   0.39 %    %   0.40 %  
    Construction and land development  %   6.33 %   %   6.05 %    %   3.60 %  
    Residential real estate lending (0.01 )%   0.69 %   %   0.73 %   (0.18 )%   0.88 %  
    Consumer solar 2.91  %   7.26 %   1.90 %   7.01 %   2.57  %   7.00 %  
    Consumer and other 0.07  %   5.74 %   0.70 %   5.67 %   0.01  %   6.49 %  
    Total loans 0.30  %   1.25 %   0.22 %   1.23 %   0.25  %   1.42 %  
     

    Reconciliation of GAAP to Non-GAAP Financial Measures
    The information provided below presents a reconciliation of each of the non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

      As of and for the
    Three Months Ended
      As of and for the
    Six Months Ended

     
    (in thousands) June 30, 2025   March 31, 2025   June 30, 2024   June 30, 2025   June 30, 2024
     
    Core operating revenue                                        
    Net Interest Income (GAAP) $ 72,909     $ 70,577     $ 69,192     $ 143,486     $ 137,229    
    Non-interest income (GAAP)   8,025       6,406       9,258       14,430       19,487    
    Add: Loss on Sale of Securities and Other Assets   1,041       680       2,691       1,721       5,465    
    Less: ICS One-Way Sell Fee Income(1)   (102 )     (9 )     (4,859 )     (111 )     (7,762 )  
    Less: Changes in fair value of loans held-for-sale(6)         (837 )           (837 )        
    Less: Subdebt repurchase gain(2)               (406 )           (406 )  
    Add: Tax (credits) depreciation on solar investments(3)   310       2,868       1,815       3,179       7    
    Core operating revenue (non-GAAP) $ 82,183     $ 79,685     $ 77,691       161,868       154,020    
                                             
    Core non-interest expense                                        
    Non-interest expense (GAAP) $ 40,584     $ 41,650     $ 39,512     $ 82,234     $ 77,664    
    Add: Gain on settlement of lease termination(4)                           499    
    Less: Severance costs(5)   (142 )     (125 )     (44 )     (267 )     (228 )  
    Core non-interest expense (non-GAAP) $ 40,442     $ 41,525     $ 39,468       81,967       77,935    
                                             
    Core net income                                        
    Net Income (GAAP) $ 25,989     $ 25,028     $ 26,753     $ 51,017     $ 54,002    
    Add: Loss on Sale of Securities and Other Assets   1,041       680       2,691       1,721       5,465    
    Less: ICS One-Way Sell Fee Income(1)   (102 )     (9 )     (4,859 )     (111 )     (7,762 )  
    Less: Changes in fair value of loans held-for-sale(6)         (837 )           (837 )        
    Less: Gain on settlement of lease termination(4)                           (499 )  
    Less: Subdebt repurchase gain(2)               (406 )           (406 )  
    Add: Severance costs(5)   142       125       44       267       228    
    Add: Tax (credits) depreciation on solar investments(3)   310       2,868       1,815       3,179       7    
    Less: Tax on notable items   (371 )     (731 )     180       (1,109 )     775    
    Core net income (non-GAAP) $ 27,009     $ 27,124     $ 26,218       54,127       51,810    
                                             
    Tangible common equity                                        
    Stockholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 753,984     $ 735,996     $ 646,112     $ 753,984     $ 646,112    
    Less: Minority interest               (133 )           (133 )  
    Less: Goodwill   (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )  
    Less: Core deposit intangible   (1,200 )     (1,343 )     (1,852 )     (1,200 )     (1,852 )  
    Tangible common equity (non-GAAP) $ 739,848     $ 721,717     $ 631,191       739,848       631,191    
                                             
    Average tangible common equity                                        
    Average stockholders’ equity (GAAP) $ 741,435     $ 722,380     $ 623,024     $ 731,960     $ 611,892    
    Less: Minority interest               (133 )           (133 )  
    Less: Goodwill   (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )     (12,936 )  
    Less: Core deposit intangible   (1,270 )     (1,413 )     (1,941 )     (1,341 )     (2,032 )  
    Average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) $ 727,229     $ 708,031     $ 608,014       717,683       596,791    
     
    (1) Included in service charges on deposit accounts in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
    (2) Included in other income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
    (3) Included in equity method investments income in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
    (4) Included in occupancy and depreciation in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
    (5) Included in compensation and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
    (6) Included in changes in fair value of loans held-for-sale in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
     

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Africa: Africa’s Business Heroes Unveils Top 50 Finalists for 2025 Edition Record-Breaking Number of Applications, Spanning all 54 African Nations

    Source: APO

    Africa’s Business Heroes (ABH) (www.AfricaBusinessHeroes.org), the flagship philanthropic initiative of the Alibaba Philanthropy, is proud to announce the Top 50 finalists of its 2025 Prize Competition—marking a record-breaking year for participation and regional representation.

    This year, ABH received 32,000 applications, the highest in the competition’s history, with submissions from all 54 African countries – reinforcing ABH’s status as one of the continent’s largest and most inclusive entrepreneurial competitions.

    The 2025 Top 50 provides an overview of Africa’s entrepreneurial landscape. African businesses are increasingly leveraging technology, including fintech, AI, and digital platforms, to transform sectors such as finance, education, and healthcare. Sustainability-driven innovations in agriculture and renewable energy address critical challenges while promoting eco-friendly growth. These trends have significant socio-economic impacts, fostering job creation, financial inclusion, and improved access to essential services. The data underscores opportunities in scalable, tech-enabled, and sustainable businesses poised to drive Africa’s inclusive economic growth.

    Now in its 7th year, ABH continues its mission to spotlight and empower entrepreneurs who are driving innovation and building a more inclusive and sustainable future for Africa. Each year, the competition awards US$1.5 million in grant funding to 10 outstanding entrepreneurs. In addition to funding, ABH provides the Top 50 finalists with capacity-building, mentorship, and enhanced exposure.

    Dramatic Growth in Reach

    The 2025 call for applications not only broke records in volume but also marked an over 300% increase in applications from countries traditionally underrepresented in pan-African competitions, including Algeria, Tunisia, Togo, Gabon, South Sudan, Somalia, Sierra Leone, Mali, and Mauritius. This surge signals the deepening of ABH’s grassroots appeal and accessibility, as well as reflecting the impressive health of entrepreneurship across the African continent.

    Bringing ABH to the Continent: 9-City Roadshow

    As part of its 2025 campaign, the ABH team embarked on an ambitious 9-city roadshow, connecting in person with entrepreneurs and ecosystem leaders in Casablanca, Cairo, Addis Ababa, Kampala, Nairobi, Lagos, Accra, Abidjan and Dakar—the host city for this year’s Semi-Finale, scheduled for September 10–11.

    These on-the-ground engagements reflect ABH’s commitment to being more than a competition—it is a community-builder and ecosystem enabler. The roadshow activated local entrepreneurial ecosystems, engaged past ABH Heroes, hosted info sessions, and facilitated connections between investors, innovators, and changemakers.

    Harnessing Technology to Scale Impact

    2025 also marked a milestone in ABH’s embrace of innovation. For the first time, ABH introduced ABi, its AI-powered co-host built on Qwen Turbo and first unveiled at the 6th ABH Summit & Finale held in Kigali in March 2025, to enhance applicant experience and streamline operations. ABi supported the competition by providing real-time customer service to thousands of applicants and assisting in screening the eligibility of submissions—demonstrating how technology can improve both efficiency and inclusivity.

    Celebrating the 2025 Top 50

    The 2025 Top 50 finalists represent the next generation of African changemakers. They span 16 sectors and hail from 17 countries, with 36% female representation and 10% Francophone entrepreneurs, reflecting ABH’s ongoing commitment to gender and linguistic diversity. These entrepreneurs were selected for their bold solutions, measurable impact, and potential for scale across Africa.

    As part of the next stage of the competition, the Top 50 will participate in the ABH Virtual Bootcamp, an intensive training program featuring workshops led by ecosystem leaders, investors, and ABH Heroes. Topics will include building resilient teams, investment readiness, leveraging AI, and digital marketing for growth.

    “The 2025 ABH Prize has raised the bar, yet again. We are seeing greater depth, diversity, and innovation across the span of applications,” said Zahra Baitie-Boateng, Managing Director, Africa at ABH. “This record-breaking year speaks to the relevance of ABH in every corner of the continent. These 50 finalists are solving real problems with global potential, and we’re excited to amplify their work.”

    In addition to training and mentorship, the Top 50 will benefit from media exposure and access to a dynamic network of ABH Heroes, alumni, and partners.

    Looking Ahead

    The Top 50 will now undergo a second round of evaluations through in-depth interviews with ABH Round 2 judges.  22 entrepreneurs will be shortlisted to undergo due diligence led by PlusVC. Those who advance will be revealed as the Top 20 finalists in August, before heading to Dakar for the Semi-Finale in September.

    The Top 10 finalists selected in Dakar will then progress to the Grand Finale in Kigali in December, where they will compete for their share of US$1.5 million in grant funding and be crowned this year’s Africa’s Business Heroes.

    To learn more about the 2025 ABH Top 50 finalists and the competition, visit www.AfricaBusinessHeroes.org.

    Distributed by APO Group on behalf of Africa’s Business Heroes (ABH).

    For media inquiries or interview requests, please contact: 
    pr@africabusinessheroes.org

    About Africa’s Business Heroes:
    Africa’s Business Heroes (ABH) is the Jack Ma Foundation’s flagship philanthropic initiative in Africa. It supports visionary entrepreneurs across all 54 African countries who are building inclusive and sustainable economies. Over 10 years, ABH will recognize 100 entrepreneurs, awarding them with grant funding, training, and a platform to amplify their stories. Each year, the Top 10 finalists compete in a televised pitch finale for a share of US$1.5 million.

    Media files

    .

    MIL OSI Africa

  • MIL-OSI USA: DLNR News Release – MAUNALUA BAY DREDGING SCHEDULED TO BEGIN JULY 28

    Source: US State of Hawaii

    DLNR News Release – MAUNALUA BAY DREDGING SCHEDULED TO BEGIN JULY 28

    Posted on Jul 23, 2025 in Latest Department News, Newsroom

    STATE OF HAWAIʻI

    KA MOKU ʻĀINA O HAWAIʻI

    JOSH GREEN, M.D.

    GOVERNOR

    KE KIAʻĀINA

    DEPARTMENT OF LAND AND NATURAL RESOURCES

    KA ‘OIHANA KUMUWAIWAI ‘ĀINA

     

    DAWN N.S. CHANG

    CHAIRPERSON

    KA LUNA HOʻOKELE

     

     

    MAUNALUA BAY DREDGING AND FACILITY IMPROVEMENTS SCHEDULED TO BEGIN JULY 28

     

     

    FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE 

    July 23, 2025

     

    HONOLULU – Maintenance dredging and facility improvements are set to begin at the Maunalua Bay Boat Ramp in Hawaii Kai next week. The DLNR Division of Boating and Ocean Recreation (DOBOR) is hosting a pre-construction meeting this Friday, July 25 at 3 p.m. at the Maunalua Bay Boat Ramp Facility to present project details and information.  All those interested are welcomed to attend.

     

    Sand from dredging the boat ramp entrance channel will be reused and placed on adjacent eroded shorelines on both sides of the ramp. Sheet pile walls, commonly used in harbor construction for erosion control and as support structures, will be installed to contain the reused dredge material and prevent future erosion of the shoreline. Other seawall repairs will also take place.

     

    “We’re excited to get started on this project, which will greatly benefit users who frequent Maunalua Bay and use the ramp regularly,” said DOBOR Administrator Meghan Statts. “We appreciate the significant community involvement in project planning that helped to optimize ramp access and take effective erosion resistance measures.”

     

    DOBOR awarded the $6.8 million contract to American Marine Corporation with a start date of July 28. No closure of the boat ramp or entrance channel are anticipated throughout the duration of the project, though intermittent interruptions may occur. The contractor will work closely with users to ensure any impacts will be limited.  Project completion is estimated for April 2026.

     

    # # #

     

     

    RESOURCES

    (All images/video Courtesy: DLNR)

     

     

    Video – Maunalua Bay Dredging and Facility Improvements – media clips (July 23, 2025):

    https://www.dropbox.com/scl/fi/m8w3imlanfxa5il3l2efg/Maunalua-Bay-Boat-Ramp-Dredging-media-clips-July-23-2025.mov?rlkey=f9uf2s4v834xehmh81j2jkf57&st=obynis4f&dl=0

     

    Photographs – Maunalua Bay Dredging and Facility Improvements (July 23, 2025):

    https://www.dropbox.com/scl/fo/exo27yfknj4wlh4nvkaok/AO0Kk53whwjI_8joadN8-6A?rlkey=f4f5ms86bo2y65dgsdvkqtj0z&st=4h954q9o&dl=0

     

     

    Media Contact: 

    Ryan Aguilar

    Communications Specialist

    Department of Land and Natural Resources, State of Hawai‘i

    Phone: 808-587-0396

    Email: [email protected]

    MIL OSI USA News